exv4w4






EXHIBIT 4.4




 





RGHL US ESCROW I LLC




RGHL US ESCROW I INC.



RGHL ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A.



9.000% Senior Notes due 2019



 





SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE




Dated as of October 15, 2010

 





THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH,

as Paying Agent




 




The taking of any Senior Note Document or any certified copy thereof or any other documents
which constitute substitute documentation therefor, or any document which includes written
confirmations or references thereto, into Austria as well as printing out any e-mail communication
which refers to any Senior Note Document in Austria or sending any e-mail communication to which a
pdf-scan of any Senior Note Document is attached to an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail
communication carrying an electronic or digital signature which refers to any Senior Note Document
to an Austrian addressee may cause the imposition of Austrian stamp duty. Accordingly, except as
permitted by Section 13.17 of this Senior Notes Indenture, keep the original documents as well as
all certified copies thereof and written and signed references thereto outside of Austria and avoid
printing out any e-mail communication which refers to any Senior Note Document in Austria or
sending any e-mail communication to which a pdf-scan of any Senior Note Document is attached to an
Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail communication carrying an electronic or digital signature
which refers to any Senior Note Document to an Austrian addressee.







 









 








Trust Indenture Act Cross Reference Table**



This Cross Reference Sheet
shows the location in the
Senior Notes Indenture of the
provisions inserted pursuant to
Sections 310-318(a), inclusive,
of the Trust Indenture Act of
1939.




	 	 	 
	 	 	Senior Notes
	TIA	 	Indenture
	Section	 	Section
	310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	(a)(2)
	 	7.10
	(a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	7.08; 7.10
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	311(a)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	312(a)
	 	2.06
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	N.A.
	313(a)
	 	N.A.
	(b)(1)
	 	N.A.
	(b)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(c)
	 	13.02
	(d)
	 	N.A.
	314(a)
	 	4.02;
	(b)
	 	N.A.
	(c)(1)
	 	13.03
	(c)(2)
	 	13.03
	(c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	(d)
	 	N.A.
	(e)
	 	13.04
	(f)
	 	4.08
	315(a)
	 	7.01
	(b)
	 	7.05; 13.02
	(c)
	 	7.01
	(d)
	 	7.01
	(e)
	 	6.12
	316(a)(1)(A)
	 	6.05
	(a)(1)(B)
	 	6.04
	(a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	(b)
	 	6.07
	317(a)(1)
	 	6.08
	(a)(2)
	 	6.09
	(b)
	 	2.05
	318(a)
	 	N.A.








 




			
	N.A. means Not Applicable.
	 
	**Note:	 	     This Cross-Reference
Table shall not, for any
purpose, be deemed to be a part
of the Senior Notes Indenture.




 









 










TABLE OF CONTENTS




	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE I
	 
	Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
	 
	SECTION 1.01. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction
	 	 	49	 
	 
	ARTICLE II
	 
	The Senior Notes
	 
	SECTION 2.01. Amount of Senior Notes
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 2.08. Replacement Senior Notes
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Senior Notes
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 2.10. Temporary Senior Notes
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 2.11. Cancellation
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 2.13. CUSIPs, Common Codes, ISINs, etc
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Senior Notes
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 2.15. Currency
	 	 	57	 
	 
	ARTICLE III
	 
	Redemption
	 
	SECTION 3.01. Redemption
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 3.04. Selection of Senior Notes to Be Redeemed
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 3.08. Senior Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 3.09. Special Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	61	 






i









 







	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE IV
	 
	Covenants
	 
	SECTION 4.01. Payment of Senior Notes
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 4.08. Change of Control
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 4.11. Future Senior Note Guarantors
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 4.12. Liens
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 4.13. Foreign Subsidiaries
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 4.15. Withholding Taxes
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 4.16. [Reserved.]
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 4.17. [Reserved.]
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 4.18. Amendment of 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 4.19. Suspension/Fall-Away of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 4.20. Fiscal Year
	 	 	97	 
	SECTION 4.21. Certain Country Limitations
	 	 	97	 
	SECTION 4.22. Escrow Account Deposits
	 	 	98	 
	SECTION 4.23. Activities of the Issuers Prior to the Assumption
	 	 	99	 
	SECTION 4.24. Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture
	 	 	99	 
	 
	ARTICLE V
	 
	Successor Company
	 
	SECTION 5.01. When the Issuers, BP I or BP II May Merge or Transfer Assets
	 	 	100	 
	 
	ARTICLE VI
	 
	Defaults and Remedies
	 
	SECTION 6.01. Events of Default
	 	 	103	 
	SECTION 6.02. Acceleration
	 	 	105	 
	SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	106	 






ii









 






	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 6.10. Priorities
	 	 	108	 
	SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	108	 
	SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	 	 	108	 
	SECTION 6.13. Direction to Agents
	 	 	109	 
	 
	ARTICLE VII
	 
	Trustee
	 
	SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	 	 	109	 
	SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	112	 
	SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	112	 
	SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults
	 	 	113	 
	SECTION 7.06. [Reserved.]
	 	 	113	 
	SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	113	 
	SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee or Agent
	 	 	114	 
	SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger
	 	 	115	 
	SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	115	 
	 
	ARTICLE VIII
	 
	Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
	 
	SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Senior Notes; Defeasance
	 	 	116	 
	SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance
	 	 	117	 
	SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money
	 	 	118	 
	SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuers
	 	 	118	 
	SECTION 8.05. [Reserved.]
	 	 	118	 
	SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement
	 	 	118	 
	 
	ARTICLE IX
	 
	Amendments and Waivers
	 
	SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders
	 	 	119	 
	SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders
	 	 	120	 
	SECTION 9.03. [Reserved.]
	 	 	121	 
	SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	 	 	121	 
	SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Senior Notes
	 	 	122	 
	SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments
	 	 	122	 
	SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent
	 	 	122	 
	SECTION 9.08. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	123	 






iii









 






	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE X
	 
	Guarantees
	 
	SECTION 10.01. Guarantees
	 	 	123	 
	SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability
	 	 	125	 
	SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns
	 	 	125	 
	SECTION 10.04. No Waiver
	 	 	125	 
	SECTION 10.05. Modification
	 	 	125	 
	SECTION 10.06. Release of Senior Note Guarantor
	 	 	125	 
	SECTION 10.07. RGHL Release
	 	 	126	 
	SECTION 10.08. Limitation on Guarantees in the
Netherlands, Switzerland, Austria, Thailand, Germany,
Luxembourg, Guernsey, Mexico, Hong Kong and England and
Wales
	 	 	126	 
	SECTION 10.09. Effectiveness of Article X
	 	 	134	 
	 
	ARTICLE XI
	 
	[Reserved.] 

ARTICLE XII
	 
	[Reserved.] 

ARTICLE XIII
	 
	Miscellaneous
	 
	SECTION 13.01. [Reserved.]
	 	 	134	 
	SECTION 13.02. Notices
	 	 	134	 
	SECTION 13.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	135	 
	SECTION 13.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	136	 
	SECTION 13.05. When Senior Notes Disregarded
	 	 	136	 
	SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	 	 	136	 
	SECTION 13.07. Legal Holidays
	 	 	136	 
	SECTION 13.08. Governing Law
	 	 	136	 
	SECTION 13.09. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service
	 	 	137	 
	SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others
	 	 	137	 
	SECTION 13.11. Successors
	 	 	137	 
	SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals
	 	 	137	 
	SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings
	 	 	137	 
	SECTION 13.14. Senior Notes Indenture Controls
	 	 	138	 
	SECTION 13.15. Severability
	 	 	138	 
	SECTION 13.16. Agreed Tax Treatment
	 	 	138	 
	SECTION 13.17. Austrian Stamp Duty
	 	 	138	 
	SECTION 13.18. Place of Performance
	 	 	139	 






iv









 






	 	 	 	 	 

	Appendix A

	 	—
	 	Provisions Relating to Senior Notes
	 
	 	 	 	 
	EXHIBIT INDEX
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit A

	 	—
	 	Form of Senior Note
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit B

	 	—
	 	Form of Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture






v









 







     INDENTURE dated as of October 15, 2010 (this “Senior Notes Indenture”)
among RGHL US ESCROW I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having its
registered office at 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, DE 19904 (the
“US LLC Escrow Issuer”), RGHL US ESCROW I INC., a Delaware corporation
having its registered office at 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, DE
19904 (the “US Corporate Escrow Issuer” and, together with the US LLC Escrow
Issuer, the “US Escrow Issuers”), RGHL ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A., a
company incorporated as a société anonyme (a public limited liability
company) under the laws of Luxembourg and having its registered office at
6C, Parc d’Activités Syrdall, L-5365 Munsbach, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
(registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under
number B155 857) (the “Lux Escrow Issuer” and, together with the US Escrow
Issuers, the “Escrow Issuers”), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as trustee (the
“Trustee”), principal paying agent, registrar and transfer agent and THE
BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, as paying agent.



          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 9.000%
Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Original Senior Notes”) issued on the date hereof, (b) if and when
issued pursuant to a registered exchange for Original Senior Notes, the Senior Exchange Securities
(as defined herein) and (c) any Additional Senior Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued
after the date hereof (all such securities in clauses (a), (b) and (c) being referred to
collectively as the “Senior Notes”). Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants
set forth herein, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional
Senior Notes.



ARTICLE I




Definitions and Incorporation by Reference



          SECTION 1.01. Definitions.



     “2007 Credit Agreement” means the senior facilities agreement dated May 11, 2007, among, among
others, BP I and Credit Suisse as mandated lead arranger, agent, issuing bank and security trustee,
as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether
with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise
modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof,
refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such
agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or
agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder (subject
to compliance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.12) or altering the maturity thereof.



     “2007 Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated May 11, 2007, among
RGHL, BP I, the senior lenders identified therein, Credit Suisse, as senior agent



 









 




thereunder, the senior issuing banks as identified therein, the subordinated bridging lenders,
Credit Suisse, as subordinated bridging agent and security trustee, and the other parties
identified therein, as amended on November 5, 2009, and as amended, supplemented or modified from
time to time thereafter.




     “2007 Notes” means the 2007 Senior Notes and the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes.



     “2007 Notes Collateral” means (x) all of the capital stock of BP I and (y) the receivables
under the intercompany loans, each dated June 29, 2007 and between BP II and BP I in respect of the
proceeds from the 2007 Senior Notes and the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes, as from time to time
amended, supplemented or modified.



     “2007 Notes Security Documents” means the agreements or other instruments entered into or to
be entered into between, inter alios, the collateral agent under the 2007 Senior Note Indenture and
2007 Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the trustee under the 2007 Senior Note Indenture and 2007
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, RGHL and BP II pursuant to which security interests in the 2007
Notes Collateral are granted to secure the 2007 Senior Notes and the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes
from time to time, as from time to time amended, supplemented or modified.



     “2007 Senior Note Indenture” means the indenture dated as of June 29, 2007, among BP II, the
Senior Note Guarantors from time to time party thereto and as defined therein, the Trustee, as
trustee, principal paying agent and transfer agent, BNY Fund Services (Ireland) Limited, as paying
agent in Dublin and transfer agent, and Credit Suisse, as security agent.



     “2007 Senior Notes” means the €480.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8% Senior Notes due
2016 issued pursuant to the 2007 Senior Note Indenture.



     “2007 Senior Subordinated Note Indenture” means the indenture dated as of June 29, 2007, among
BP II, the Senior Note Guarantors from time to time party thereto and as defined therein, the
Trustee, as trustee, principal paying agent and transfer agent, BNY Fund Services (Ireland)
Limited, as paying agent in Dublin and transfer agent, and Credit Suisse, as security agent.



     “2007 Senior Subordinated Notes” means the €420.0 million aggregate principal amount of 91/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued pursuant to the 2007 Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.



     “2009 Indenture” means the indenture dated as of November 5, 2009, among Reynolds Group DL
Escrow Inc., Reynolds Group Escrow LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee, Principal Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Collateral Agent, as supplemented, amended and modified from
time to time thereafter.



     “2009 Notes” means the $1,125.0 million aggregate principal amount and €450.0 million
aggregate principal amount of 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 issued pursuant to the 2009
Indenture.



2









 





     “2009 Post-Closing Reorganization” means the transactions contemplated in that certain
Post-Closing Steps dated as of October 31, 2009, prepared by RGHL.



     “2009 Security Documents” means those agreements or other instruments entered into pursuant to
which security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the 2009 Indenture) are granted to secure
the 2009 Notes and the guarantees thereof.



     “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person:


(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged,
consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness Incurred by such other Person in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into
or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person); and



(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.




     “Acquisition” means the acquisition by BP III of the Target, by way of purchase of all the
Target Shares (i) from RGHL prior to the Reference Date, (ii) under the Offer and Squeeze-Out,
(iii) by way of market purchases and (iv) by way of over-the-counter purchases.



     “Acquisition Documents” means the Offer Prospectus, the Pre-Announcement and any other
document entered into in connection therewith, in each case as amended, supplemented or modified
from time to time prior to the Reference Date or thereafter (so long as any amendment, supplement
or modification after the Reference Date, together with all other amendments, supplements and
modifications after the Reference Date, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the
holders of the Senior Notes in any material respect than the Acquisition Documents as in effect on
the Reference Date).



     “Additional Senior Notes” means any Senior Notes issued under the terms of this Senior Notes
Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date, it being understood that any Senior Notes issued in
exchange for or replacement of any Original Senior Note issued on the Issue Date shall not be an
Additional Senior Note, including any such Senior Notes issued pursuant to a Senior Notes
Registration Rights Agreement.



     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any
Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by agreement or otherwise.



     “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent.



     “Applicable Premium” (as determined by the Issuers) means, with respect to any Senior Note at
any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.00% of the principal amount of such Senior



3









 




Note and (ii)
the excess, if any, of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (1) the
redemption price of such Senior Note on October 15, 2014 (such redemption price being
described in Section 5 of the Form of Senior Note, exclusive of any accrued interest and additional
interest, if any) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Senior
Note through October 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any, to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at the
redemption date plus 50 basis points over (B) the principal amount of such Senior Note on such
redemption date.




     “Asset Sale” means:


(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a
series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback
Transaction) outside the ordinary course of business of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary
(each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or



(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and
shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law)
of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than
the issuance of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 4.03)
(whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions),




     in each case other than:




     (a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete,
surplus or worn-out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business;




     (b) transactions permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes
a Change of Control;




     (c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is
made, under Section 4.04;




     (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair
Market Value of less than $15.0 million;




     (e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by a
Restricted Subsidiary to RGHL or by BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary to BP I, BP II or
a Restricted Subsidiary;




     (f) any exchange of assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for
assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater Fair Market Value or, as
determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II, to
be of comparable or greater usefulness to the business of BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries as a whole;



4









 






     (g) foreclosure, exercise of termination rights or any similar action with respect to
any property or any other asset of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries;




     (h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary;




     (i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary
course of business;




     (j) any sale of inventory, trading stock or other assets in the ordinary course of
business;




     (k) any grant in the ordinary course of business of any license of patents, trademarks,
know-how or any other intellectual property;




     (l) an issuance of Capital Stock pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan
approved by the Board of Directors;




     (m) dispositions consisting of the granting of Permitted Liens;




     (n) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or
collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar
proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;




     (o) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an
agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than BP I, BP II or a Restricted
Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted
Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with
such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a
portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;




     (p) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on
or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;




     (q) a Financing Disposition or a transfer (including by capital contribution) of
accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of
“Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables
Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in a Qualified Receivables Financing or (y)
pursuant to any other factoring on arm’s length terms or (z) in the ordinary course of
business;




     (r) the sale of any property in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction not prohibited by this
Senior Notes Indenture with respect to any assets built or acquired by BP I, BP II or any
Restricted Subsidiary after the Reference Date;




     (s) in the ordinary course of business, any lease, assignment or sublease of any real
or personal property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing
arrangements) of comparable or greater Fair Market Value or, as determined



5









 






in good faith by
senior management or the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II, to be of comparable or greater
usefulness to the business of BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries as a whole; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be
applied in accordance with Section 4.06; and




     (t) sales or other dispositions of Equity Interests in joint ventures in existence on
the Issue Date.



     “Assumption” means (A) the (i) consummation of the Escrow Mergers and (B) the other
transactions whereby (x) the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II and the Luxembourg Issuer, as the
surviving entities of the Escrow Mergers, will, jointly and severally, assume all of the
obligations of the Escrow Issuers under the Senior Notes and this Senior Notes Indenture pursuant
to the Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture and other agreements and (y) the Senior Note
Guarantors will guarantee the obligations of the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II and the Luxembourg
Issuer under the Senior Notes and this Senior Notes Indenture pursuant to the Assumption Senior
Notes Supplemental Indenture and other agreements.



     “Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture” means a supplemental indenture, substantially
in the form as set forth in Exhibit B hereto, to be entered into on the Escrow Release Date, among
the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II, the Luxembourg Issuer, the Senior Note Guarantors and the
Trustee.



     “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of any Credit
Agreement, the other Credit Agreement Documents and any Local Facility Agreement, in each case as
amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or
otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of such Credit Agreement or Local
Facility Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing
on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to RGHL, BP I
or BP II whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees,
charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder
or in respect thereof.



     “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as
applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other
governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.



     “BP I” means Beverage Packaging Holdings (Luxembourg) I S.A., a company incorporated as a
société anonyme limitée under the laws of Luxembourg with registered office at 6C, Parc d’Activités
Syrdall, L-5365 Munsbach, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (or any successor in interest thereto).



     “BP II” means Beverage Packaging Holdings (Luxembourg) II S.A., a company incorporated as a
société anonyme limitée under the laws of Luxembourg with registered office at 6C, Parc d’Activités
Syrdall, L-5365 Munsbach, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (or any successor in interest thereto).



     “BP III” means Beverage Packaging Holdings (Luxembourg) III S.à r.l., a company incorporated
as a société à responsabilité limitée under the laws of Luxembourg with registered



6









 




office at 6C,
Parc d’Activités Syrdall, L-5365 Munsbach, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg (or any successor in interest
thereto).




     “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, Luxembourg or London.



     “Capital Stock” means:


(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares;



(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;



(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited); and



(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share
of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.




     “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be
capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in
accordance with GAAP.



     “Cash Equivalents” means:


(1) US dollars, pounds sterling, euro, the national currency of any member state in the
European Union or, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under
the laws of the United States, any member state of the European Union or any state or territory
thereof, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;



(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the US, U.K., Canadian,
Swiss or Japanese government or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or
instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition;



(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one
year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not
exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank whose
long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent
ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);



(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and
(3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in
clause (3) above;




7









 







(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of any Issuer) rated at
least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or
reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each
case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;



(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America,
any province of Canada, any member of the European Monetary Union, the United Kingdom, Switzerland
or Norway or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories
obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally
recognized ratings agency), in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of
acquisition;



(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than any Issuer or any of its Affiliates) with a
rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s, in each case with maturities not
exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;



(8) for the purpose of paragraph (a) of the definition of “Asset Sale,” any marketable
securities of third parties owned by BP I, BP II or the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date;



(9) interest in investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the
types described in clauses (1) through (7) above; and



(10) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (8) above denominated
in euro or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to
above and commonly used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside
the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by
any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction.




     “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:


(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of transactions, of all or Substantially
All the assets of BP II or BP I and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than,
directly or indirectly, any of the Permitted Holders;



(2) BP I becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of
securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the
Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of
merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II, the Luxembourg Issuer,
BP I or BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II; or



(3) RGHL ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Capital Stock of BP I, BP II, BP
III or any of the Issuers, other than directors’ qualifying shares or other de minimis
shareholdings required by law.




8









 








     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.



     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of:


(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Profit (including
amortization of original issue discount and bond premium, the interest component of Capitalized
Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging
Obligations (provided, however, that if Hedging Obligations result in net benefits received by such
Person, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent paid
in cash unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net
Profit) and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions,
fees and expenses and expensing of any bridge commitment or other financing fees); plus



(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, whether paid or accrued (but excluding any capitalizing interest on Subordinated
Shareholder Funding); plus



(3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any
Receivables Financing which are payable to Persons other than BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries; minus



(4) interest income for such period.




     “Consolidated Net Profit” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of
the Net Profit of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated
basis; provided, however, that, without duplication:


(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or income,
expenses or charges (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) including severance expenses,
relocation costs and expenses and expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted
Investment, acquisition (including integration costs) or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by
this Senior Notes Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), including any such fees,
expenses, charges or change in control payments made under the Acquisition Documents, the Reynolds
Acquisition Documents, the Evergreen Acquisition Documents, the Pactiv Acquisition Document, the
Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition Document or otherwise related to the Transactions, in each case,
shall be excluded;



(2) any increase in amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges or increases
or reductions in Net Profit, in each case resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the
Transactions or any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date shall be excluded;



(3) the Net Profit for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles during such period;




9









 







(4) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains
or losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded;



(5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto)
attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of
business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II) shall be
excluded;



(6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto)
attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments shall be excluded;



(7) the Net Profit for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is
an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be
included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in
cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof in respect of such period;



(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under
clause (1) of the definition of Cumulative Credit, the Net Profit for such period of any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than any Issuer or any Senior Note Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent
that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary
of its Net Profit is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental
approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of
its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions
with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived or are
permitted under Section 4.05; provided that the Consolidated Net Profit of such Person shall be
increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash
(or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not
already included therein;



(9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made to any parent of such
Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included as
though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;



(10) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-offs, and the amortization of intangibles
arising in each case pursuant to GAAP or the pronouncements of the IASB shall be excluded;



(11) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans
or post-employment benefit plans, grants and sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights,
stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees shall be excluded;



(12) any (a) one-time non-cash compensation charges, (b) the costs and expenses after the Issue
Date related to employment of terminated employees, (c) costs or expenses realized in connection
with, resulting from or in anticipation of the Transactions or (d) costs or expenses realized in
connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or







10









 







other
rights existing on the Issue Date of officers, directors and employees, in each case of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded;



(13) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions
(including as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies in connection with
the Transactions) within 12 months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established
in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;



(14) solely for purposes of calculating EBITDA, (a) the Net Profit of any Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding
the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned
Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period
or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third
parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash and
received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included;



(15) (a) (i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the
cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense that exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such
rent expense shall be included and (b) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from
fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP shall be excluded;



(16) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of
Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the applications of the applicable
standard under GAAP shall be excluded; and



(17) solely for the purpose of calculating Restricted Payments, the difference, if positive, of
the Consolidated Taxes of BP I and BP II calculated in accordance with GAAP and the actual
Consolidated Taxes paid in cash by BP I and BP II during any Reference Period shall be included.




     Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded
from Consolidated Net Profit any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of
assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of BP I or BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
Section 4.04 pursuant to clauses (5) and (6) of the definition of Cumulative Credit.



     “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Profit of such Person for such period on a consolidated
basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any such charge which
consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future
period.



     “Consolidated Taxes” means with respect to any Person for any period, provision for taxes
based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, national, state, franchise



11









 




and
similar taxes and any Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Profit.




     “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent:


(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect
security therefor;



(2) to advance or supply funds:





     (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or




     (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise
to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or


(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the
owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such
primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.




     “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, which on
the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, 4-E, New York, N.Y. 10286.



     “Credit Agreement” means (i) the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and (ii) whether or not the
instruments referred to in clause (i) remain outstanding, if designated by the Issuers to be
included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial
paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing
(including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to
borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures
or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank
guarantees or bankers’ acceptances) or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other
Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as
amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or
refunded in whole or in part from time to time.



     “Credit Agreement Documents” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, any notes
issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof and any security or collateral documents entered
into in relation thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced,
restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time.



     “Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication):


(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Profit of BP I and BP II for the period (taken as one accounting
period, the “Reference Period”) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter during which the RP
Reference Date occurred to the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which




12









 







combined
internal financial statements of BP I and BP II are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Profit for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of
such deficit); plus



(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property
other than cash received by BP I or BP II after the RP Reference Date (other than net proceeds to
the extent such net proceeds have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred
Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xxii)) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of BP I or BP
II or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to BP I or BP II (excluding Refunding Capital Stock (as
defined below), Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, and Disqualified Stock and
other than in connection with the Transactions), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of
warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary); plus



(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of BP I or BP II received in
cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received after the RP Reference Date
(other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, and
Disqualified Stock and other than contributions (x) to the extent such contributions have been used
to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xxii) or
(y) made in connection with the Transactions); plus



(4) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed
repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiary thereof issued after the RP Reference Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity
Interests in or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of BP I or BP II (other than Disqualified Stock)
or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II (provided in the case of any parent, such
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished); plus



(5) 100% of the aggregate amount received after the RP Reference Date by BP I, BP II or any
Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by BP
I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary:





     (A) from the sale or other disposition (other than to BP I, BP II or a Restricted
Subsidiary and other than in connection with the Transactions) of Restricted Investments
made after the Reference Date by BP I, BP II or the Restricted Subsidiaries and from
repurchases and redemptions after the RP Reference Date of such Restricted Investments from
BP I, BP II or the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than BP I, BP II or any
Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances and releases of
guarantees, which constituted Restricted Investments made after the RP Reference Date (other
than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section
4.04(b)(vii) or 4.04(b)(x)),




     (B) from the sale (other than to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the
Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or




     (C) from a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus



13









 




(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of BP I or BP II has been redesignated as a
Restricted Subsidiary after the RP Reference Date or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated
with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, BP I, BP II or a
Restricted Subsidiary after the RP Reference Date, the Fair Market Value (and, if such Fair
Market Value exceeds $30.0 million, such Fair Market Value shall be set forth in a written
resolution of a majority of the Board of Directors of BP I) of the Investment of BP I or BP II in
such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the
assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after taking into account any Indebtedness
associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness
associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that
the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to Section
4.04(b)(vii) or 4.04(b)(x) or constituted a Permitted Investment).




     “Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency
swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract, currency derivative or other
similar agreement to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.



     “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.



     “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration
received by BP I, BP II or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that
is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting
forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with
a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.



     “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of BP I or BP II or any direct or indirect
parent of BP I or BP II (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to BP
I, BP II or any of their respective Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by BP I, BP II or any of their respective Subsidiaries) and is so designated as
Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof.



     “Disinterested Directors” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more
members of the Board of Directors of BP I, BP II or any parent company of BP I or BP II having no
material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A
member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by
reason of such member’s holding of Equity Interests of BP I, BP II or any parent company of BP I or
BP II or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.



     “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:


(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise
(other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale
or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are not materially more disadvantageous to the




14









 







holders of the Senior Notes than is customary in comparable transactions (as determined in good
faith by the Issuers));



(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person; or



(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely
as a result of a change of control or asset sale),



in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Senior Notes or the date the Senior
Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided,
further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the
benefit of employees of BP I, BP II or their respective Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such
employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be
required to be repurchased by BP I or BP II in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory
obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided, further,
that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy
its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be
deemed to be Disqualified Stock.




     “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is
incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or
the District of Columbia.



     “Domination Agreements” shall mean the Existing Domination Agreements and any domination
agreements and/or profit and loss pooling agreements (Beherrschungs- und/oder
Gewinnabführungsvertrag) entered after the date hereof pursuant to Section 5.17 of the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities.



     “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Profit of such
Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in
calculating Consolidated Net Profit:



(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus




(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus




(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus



(4) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, expenses or reserves;
provided that, with respect to each business optimization expense or other restructuring charge,
expense or reserve, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
specifying and quantifying such expense, charge or reserve and stating that such expense, charge or
reserve is a business optimization expense or other restructuring charge or reserve, as the case
may be; plus




15









 







(5) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses
paid to Rank (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period
pursuant to the terms of the agreements between Rank and BP I or BP II and its Subsidiaries as
described with particularity in the Offering Circular and as in effect on the Issue Date; plus



(6) all add backs reflected in the financial presentation of “RGHL Combined Group Pro Forma
Adjusted EBITDA” in the section called “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined
Financial Information” of the Offering Circular in the amounts set forth in and as further
described in that section of the Offering Circular, but only to the extent such add backs occurred
in the consecutive four quarter period used in the calculations of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and
Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be; less, without duplication,



(1) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Profit for such period (excluding the
recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or
cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items
for which cash was received in a prior period); less



(2) all deductions reflected in the financial presentation of “RGHL Combined Group Pro Forma
Adjusted EBITDA” in the section called “Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined
Financial Information” of the Offering Circular in the amounts set forth in and as further
described in that section of the Offering Circular, but only to the extent such deductions occurred
in the consecutive four quarter period used in the calculations of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and
Secured Leverage Ratio, as the case may be.




     “Equity Contribution” means the cash to be contributed by Rank Group Limited to RGHL as
contemplated by the Pactiv Acquisition Document.



     “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).



     “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of ordinary shares or
Preferred Stock of BP I or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as applicable (other
than Disqualified Stock), other than:


(1) public offerings with respect to BP I’s or such direct or indirect parent’s ordinary shares
registered on Form S-8;



(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of BP I or BP II; and



(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.




     “Escrow Accounts” means one or more segregated accounts, under the sole control of the Trustee
pursuant to the Escrow Agreement that includes only cash, Permitted Investments (as defined
therein), the proceeds thereof and interest earned thereon, free from all Liens except for a Lien
in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders.



16









 





     “Escrow Agent” means The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as Escrow Agent pursuant to
the Escrow Agreement.



     “Escrow Agreement” means the Escrow Agreement dated as of October 15, 2010, among The Bank of
New York Mellon (acting in its capacities as the Escrow Agent thereunder and as Trustee) and the
Escrow Issuers, relating to the Escrow Accounts.



     “Escrow Funds” means the aggregate funds deposited into the Escrow Accounts by the Escrow
Issuers and the Initial Purchasers together with all interest, dividends and other distributions
and payments thereon received by the Escrow Agent, less any property and/or funds distributed or
paid by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the Escrow Agreement.



     “Escrow Mergers” means each of (i) the merger of the US LLC Escrow Issuer with the US Issuer
I, with the US Issuer I surviving such merger, (ii) the merger of the US Corporate Escrow Issuer
with the US Issuer II, with the US Issuer II surviving such merger, and (iii) the merger of the Lux
Escrow Issuer with the Luxembourg Issuer, with the Luxembourg Issuer surviving such merger (or the
Luxembourg Issuer shall have otherwise assumed all of the obligations of the Lux Escrow Issuer
under the Senior Notes and this Senior Notes Indenture).



     “Escrow Redemption Date” means the earlier of (A) three Business Days following the
termination of the Pactiv Acquisition Document in accordance with its terms, and (B) (x) March 16,
2011 or (y) June 16, 2011 if, on or prior to March 14, 2011, the Escrow Issuers have (1) notified
the Escrow Agent and the Trustee in writing that the termination date will be extended in
accordance with the terms of the Pactiv Acquisition Document and (2) made the Senior Secured Notes
Additional Deposit (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) and the Senior Notes Additional Deposit (as
defined in the Escrow Agreement) as described in the Escrow Agreement.



     “Escrow Redemption Price” means an amount of cash equal to 100% of the initial offering price
of the Senior Notes as shown on the cover page of the Offering Circular, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, the Escrow Redemption Date.



     “Escrow Release Date” means the date that the officer’s certificate of RGHL is delivered to
the Trustee certifying the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in the Escrow
Agreement for the release of the Escrow Funds to the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II and the
Luxembourg Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.



     “Euro Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than euro, at
any time of determination thereof by BP I, BP II or the Trustee, the amount of euro obtained by
converting such currency other than euro involved in such computation into euro at the spot rate
for the purchase of euro with the applicable currency other than euro as published in The Financial
Times in the “Currency Rates” section (or, if The Financial Times is no longer published, or if
such information is no longer available in The Financial Times, such source as may be selected in
good faith by BP I or BP II) on the date of such determination.



     “Evergreen Acquisition” means collectively (a) the acquisition by Reynolds Group Holdings
Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of BP III, of all the Equity Interests of Evergreen
Packaging Inc., (b) the acquisition by SIG Combibloc Holding GmbH, an indirect



17









 




wholly-owned
subsidiary of BP III, of all the Equity Interests of Evergreen Packaging (Luxembourg) S.à r.l and
(c) the acquisition by Whakatane Mill Limited, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BP III, from
Carter Holt Harvey Limited of the assets and liabilities of the Whakatane Paper Mill.




     “Evergreen Acquisition Documents” means the (i) the Reorganization Agreement, dated as of
April 25, 2010, between Carter Holt Harvey Limited, BP III, Reynolds Group Holdings,
Inc., Evergreen Packaging United States Limited and Evergreen Packaging New Zealand Limited
and (ii) the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2010, between Carter Holt Harvey
Limited and Whakatane Mill Limited, and any other document entered into in connection therewith, in
each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date.



     “Evergreen Transactions” means the Evergreen Acquisition and the transactions related thereto
(including the transactions contemplated in that certain Project Echo Structure dated April 23,
2010, prepared by RGHL), including the incremental term loan borrowing of $800 million under the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the issuance and guarantee of the May 2010 Notes.



     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.



     “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair
Market Value as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of BP I or
BP II) received by BP I or BP II, as applicable, after the Issue Date from:


(1) contributions to its common equity capital; or



(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of BP I or BP II or to any Subsidiary management
equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of BP I or BP II,



in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by
an Officer of BP I or BP II on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or
the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be.




     “Existing Domination Agreements” shall mean the domination agreements (Beherrschungsverträge)
and/or profit and loss pooling agreements (Gewinnabführungsverträge) as registered in the
commercial register extracts (Handelsregisterausdrucke) or filed for registration with the
competent commercial register according to the commercial register extracts
(Handelsregisterausdrucke) or registration filings delivered for the Senior Note Guarantors
incorporated in Germany pursuant to Section 4.02(c) of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.



     “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price that could be
negotiated in an arm’s length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a
willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the



18









 




transaction (as determined in good faith by BP I or BP II except as otherwise provided in this
Senior Notes Indenture).




     “Financial Assistance Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is prevented
from being a Senior Note Guarantor due to applicable financial assistance laws; provided that such
Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Senior Note Guarantor upon or as soon as reasonably practical
after (but not later than 90 days after (subject to the expiration of applicable
waiting periods and compliance with applicable laws)) such financial assistance laws no longer
prevent such Restricted Subsidiary from being a Senior Note Guarantor if it would otherwise be
required to be a Senior Note Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.11.



     “Financing Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of inventory
that is equipment used in the product filling process by BP I or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof
to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of BP I or BP II that meets the following conditions:


(1) the Board of Directors of BP I shall have determined in good faith that such sale,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to
BP I or, as the case may be, the Restricted Subsidiary in question;



(2) all sales of such inventory are made at Fair Market Value;



(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be
market terms (as determined in good faith by BP I);



(4) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such
Person (i) is guaranteed by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) is with recourse to or
obligates BP I, BP II or any Subsidiary of BP I or BP II in any way or (iii) subjects any property
or asset of BP I, BP II or any other Subsidiary of BP I or BP II, directly or indirectly,
contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof;



(5) neither BP I, BP II nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement,
arrangement or understanding with such Person other than on terms which BP I or BP II reasonably
believes to be no less favorable to BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might
be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of any Issuer; and



(6) neither BP I, BP II nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or
preserve such Person’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of
operating results.




     “First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of November 5,
2009, among The Bank of New York Mellon, as Collateral Agent, Credit Suisse, as Representative
under the Credit Agreement, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Representative under the 2009
Indenture, each additional Representative from time to time party thereto and the grantors party
thereto, as from time to time amended, supplemented or modified.



     “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such



19









 




period. In the
event that BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any
Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings or revolving advances in which
case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness
during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence,
repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period; provided, however, that the pro forma calculation of Consolidated
Interest Expense shall not give effect to (a) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock Incurred or issued on the date of determination pursuant to Section 4.03(b) and (b) the
repayment, repurchase or redemption of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to
the extent such repayment, repurchase or redemption results from the proceeds of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(b).




     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and consolidations (in each case including the Transactions)
and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to
an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that BP I, BP II or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make or made during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date
(each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations and
consolidations (in each case including the Transactions), discontinued operations and operational
changes (and the change of any associated Fixed Charges (calculated in accordance with the proviso
in the prior paragraph) and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day
of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into BP I or BP II or any
Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or
operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have
required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, discontinued operation, merger, consolidation or operational change had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.



     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma
event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of BP I or BP II. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments
appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of BP I or BP II as set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or
synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event (including, to the
extent applicable, from the Transactions).



20









 





     If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the
interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date
had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations
applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12
months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate
reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of BP I or BP
II to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with
GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under
a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average
daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may
optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the
rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuers may
designate.



     “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:


(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period and



(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.




     “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is
not a Domestic Subsidiary of such Person.



     “GAAP” means the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as in effect (except as
otherwise provided in this Senior Notes Indenture in relation to financial reports and other
information to be delivered to Holders) on the Reference Date. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Senior Notes Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in
this Senior Notes Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP. At any time after the Issue
Date, BP I, BP II and the Issuers may elect to apply generally accepted accounting principles in
the United States (“US GAAP”) in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to
GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean US GAAP as in effect (except as otherwise provided in
this Senior Notes Indenture) on the date of such election; provided that any such election, once
made, shall be irrevocable and that, upon first reporting its fiscal year results under US GAAP
each of BP I, BP II and each of the Issuers shall restate its financial statements on the basis of
US GAAP for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the first fiscal year for which financial
statements have been prepared on the basis of US GAAP; provided further, however, that in the event
BP I, BP II and the Issuers have made such an election and are thereafter required by applicable
law to apply IFRS in lieu of US GAAP (or IFRS is a successor to US GAAP) (any such change, a
“Required Change”), they shall be entitled to apply IFRS, and that upon subsequently reporting its
fiscal year results on the basis of IFRS in lieu of US GAAP each of BP I, BP II and each of the
Issuers shall restate its financial statements on the basis of IFRS for the fiscal year ending
immediately prior to the fiscal year after such Required Change. In the event that BP I, BP II and
the Issuers are required to make the Required Change, references herein to GAAP shall be construed
to mean IFRS as in effect on the



21









 




date of such Required Change. The Issuers shall give notice of
election to apply US GAAP or requirement to apply IFRS to the Trustee and the Holders.




     “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner
(including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.



     “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:


(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest
rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar
agreements; and



(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in
currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.




     “holder”, “Holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered
on the Registrar’s books.



     “IASB” means the International Accounting Standards Board and any other organization or agency
that shall issue pronouncements regarding the application of GAAP.



     “including” means including without limitation.



     “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided,
however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person
becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise)
shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.



     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person (without duplication):


(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not
contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any
property (except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a
trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until
such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP),
(d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and
to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of
such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;



(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to
pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another





22









 







Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business);



(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on
any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person);
provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market
Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such
other Person; and



(4) to the extent not otherwise included, with respect to BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, the amount then outstanding (i.e., advanced, and received by, and available for use
by, BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries) under any Receivables Financing (as set forth in
the books and records of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary and confirmed by the agent,
trustee or other representative of the institution or group providing such Receivables Financing)
to the extent there is recourse to BP I, BP II or the Restricted Subsidiaries (as that term is
understood in the context of recourse and non-recourse receivable financings);



provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include
(1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of
borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues or marketing fees; (3) purchase price holdbacks in
respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed
obligations of the respective seller; (4) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Receivables
Financing; (5) obligations under the Acquisition Documents, the Reynolds Acquisition Documents, the
Evergreen Acquisition Documents, the Pactiv Acquisition Document or the Reynolds Foodservice
Acquisition Document; or (6) Subordinated Shareholder Funding.




     Notwithstanding anything in this Senior Notes Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall
not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would
otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Senior Notes
Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such
Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Senior Notes
Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of
Indebtedness under this Senior Notes Indenture.



     “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or
consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith
determination of the Issuers, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.



     “Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.



     “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.



23









 





     “Investment Grade Securities” means:


(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the US, U.K., Canadian,
Swiss or Japanese government or any member state of the European Monetary Union or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);



(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or
BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency, but excluding any
debt securities or loans or advances between and among BP I, BP II and their respective
Subsidiaries;



(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in
clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or
distribution; and



(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized
for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date
of acquisition.




     “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital
contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers in the
ordinary course of business and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and
consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and
investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of BP I or BP II in the
same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions
involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:


(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to BP I’s or BP II’s equity interest
in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary at the time that
such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, BP I or BP II, as applicable, shall be
deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an
amount (if positive) equal to:





     (a) BP I’s or BP II’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation; less




     (b) the portion (proportionate to BP I’s or BP II’s equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of
such redesignation; and


(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair
Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of each Issuer.




24









 








     “Issue Date” means October 15, 2010, the date on which the Senior Notes are originally issued.



     “June 2007 Transactions” means the Acquisition and the transactions related thereto (including
the transactions contemplated in that certain Memorandum on Structure dated as of May 11, 2007,
prepared by Deloitte & Touche), including borrowings under the 2007 Credit
Agreement then in effect, the borrowings under a senior subordinated bridge loan and the
refinancing of such senior subordinated bridge loan and partial prepayment of the 2007 Credit
Agreement with the proceeds of the issuance of the 2007 Senior Notes and the 2007 Senior
Subordinated Notes, and the contribution (through holding companies of RGHL) by Rank and certain
other investors arranged by Rank of common equity, preferred equity or Subordinated Shareholder
Funding to BP I and BP II.



     “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or
otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement or any lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease
be deemed to constitute a Lien.



     “Local Facility” means a working capital facility provided to a Subsidiary of RGHL by a Local
Facility Provider in respect of which a Local Facility Certificate has been delivered, and not
cancelled, under the terms of (and as such term is defined in) the 2007 Intercreditor Agreement and
the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and which constitutes a “Secured Local Facility” as defined
in the Credit Agreement Documents.



     “Local Facility Agreement” means the agreement under which a Local Facility is made available.



     “Local Facility Provider” means a lender or other bank or financial institution that has
acceded to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, and the 2007 Intercreditor
Agreement as a provider of a Local Facility.



     “Luxembourg Issuer” means Reynolds Group Issuer (Luxembourg) S.A., a société anonyme (public
limited liability company) organized under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at
6C, Parc d’Activités Syrdall, L-5365 Munsbach, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.



     “Management Group” means the group consisting of the directors, executive officers and other
management personnel of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as the case
may be, on the Reference Date together with (1) any new directors whose election by such boards of
directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of BP I, BP II or any direct or
indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the
directors of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as applicable, then
still in office who were either directors on the Reference Date or whose election or nomination was
previously so approved and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of BP I, BP II or
any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as applicable, hired at a time when the



25









 




directors
on the Reference Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the
directors of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as applicable.




     “May 2010 Indenture” means the indenture dated as of May 4, 2010, among Reynolds Group Issuer
LLC, Reynolds Group Issuer Inc., Reynolds Group Issuer (Luxembourg) S.A., The Bank of New York
Mellon as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar and The
Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch as Paying Agent, as supplemented, amended and modified
from time to time thereafter.



     “May 2010 Notes” means the $1,000.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.5% Senior Notes
due 2018 issued pursuant to the May 2010 Indenture.



     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.



     “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in
respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received
in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant
to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding (i)
the assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other
consideration received in any other non-cash form and (ii) the aggregate cash proceeds received by
BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of the sale of any Non-Strategic Land since
the Reference Date in an aggregate amount of up to €25.0 million), net of the direct costs relating
to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration
(including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and
sales commissions), any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as
a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax
sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of
principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section
4.06(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to
be provided by BP I or BP II as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities
associated with the asset disposed in such transaction and retained by BP I or BP II after such
sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment
benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification
obligations associated with such transaction.



     “Net Profit” means, with respect to any Person, the Net Profit (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends.



     “Non-Strategic Land” means (a) the investment properties in which BP II, BP I or their
respective Subsidiaries had an interest at the Reference Date which are a proportion of the real
property owned by SIG Combibloc GmbH located at Linnich & Wittenberg in Germany, real property
owned by SIG Finanz AG (which was absorbed by SIG Combibloc Group AG (formerly SIG Holding AG) by
means of a merger effective as of June 15, 2010) located at



26









 




Newcastle in England, real property
owned by SIG Moldtec GmbH & Co. KG, real property owned by SIG Schweizerische
Industrie-Gesellschaft AG and located at Neuhausen in Switzerland, Beringen in Switzerland, Rafz in
Switzerland, Ecublens in Switzerland and Romanel in Switzerland, real property owned by SIG
Combibloc Group AG (formerly SIG Holding AG) located in Beringen in Switzerland, real property
owned by SIG Euro Holding AG & Co. KG aA located at Waldshut-Tiengen in Germany and real property
owned by SIG Real
Estate GmbH & Co. KG located at Neunkirchen in Germany and (b) other properties in which BP
II, BP I or their respective Subsidiaries have an interest from time to time and which is
designated by BP II in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee as not required for the
ongoing business operations of BP II, BP I and their respective Subsidiaries.




     “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements
(including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and
bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Senior Notes shall not include fees or
indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the holders of the
Senior Notes.



     “Obligor” means any Issuer or a Senior Note Guarantor.



     “Offer” means the public tender offer by RGHL for all publicly held Target Shares.



     “Offer Prospectus” means the prospectus dated December 22, 2006 and the amendments to the
prospectus dated February 2, 2007 and March 13, 2007 as published in the Swiss national press.



     “Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular dated October 6, 2010, with respect to the
Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes.



     “Officer” of any Person means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice
President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of such Person or any other person that the board of
directors of such person shall designate for such purpose.



     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of BP I or, if otherwise
specified, an Issuer, by two Officers of BP I or an Issuer, as applicable, or of a Subsidiary or
parent of BP I or an Issuer, as applicable, that is designated by BP I or an Issuer, as applicable,
or a Senior Note Guarantor, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal
financial officer, the treasurer, the principal accounting officer or similar position of BP I or
the Issuers, as applicable, or such Subsidiary or parent that meets the requirements set forth in
this Senior Notes Indenture and is in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee.



     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion addressed to the Trustee from legal counsel in
form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to BP
I or BP II or the Issuers.



     “Pactiv” means Pactiv Corporation, a Delaware corporation.



27









 





     “Pactiv 2012 Notes” refers to the 5.785% Notes due July 15, 2012 of Pactiv, with an
outstanding principal amount of $250 million as of June 30, 2010.



     “Pactiv 2018 Notes” refers to the 6.400% Notes due January 15, 2018 of Pactiv, with an
outstanding principal amount of $249 million (net of $1 million of unamortized discount) as of June
30, 2010.



     “Pactiv Acquisition” means the acquisition by RGHL, through its wholly owned subsidiary
Reynolds Acquisition Corporation, of all of the outstanding stock of Pactiv pursuant to the Pactiv
Acquisition Document.



     “Pactiv Acquisition Document” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 16,
2010, among Rank Group Limited, RGHL, Reynolds Acquisition Corporation and Pactiv.



     “Pactiv Base Indenture” means the indenture dated as of September 29, 1999, between Tenneco
Packaging Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, N.A. (as successor in interest to The Chase
Manhattan Bank) as Trustee, as supplemented, amended and modified from time to time thereafter.



     “Pactiv Change of Control Offers” refers to Pactiv’s offers to purchase the Pactiv 2012 Notes
and the Pactiv 2018 Notes, as currently required by the applicable indentures.



     “Pactiv Tender Offers” refers to Pactiv’s offers to purchase and consent solicitations with
respect to the Pactiv 2012 Notes and the Pactiv 2018 Notes.



     “Pactiv Transactions” refers to: (i) the offering of the Senior Secured Notes and Senior
Notes, (ii) the incremental term loan borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in
connection with the Pactiv Acquisition, (iii) the repayment of certain Pactiv indebtedness
including the Pactiv 2012 Notes and Pactiv 2018 Notes in connection with the Pactiv Tender Offers
and Pactiv Change of Control Offers, (iv) the Pactiv Acquisition, (v) the Equity Contribution, (vi)
the other transactions related to the foregoing and (vii) the payment of fees and expenses related
to the foregoing.



     “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i) Rank, (ii) the Management Group and (iii)
any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering
of Capital Stock of BP I or BP II or any of their Affiliates. Any Person or group whose
acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of
Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Senior Notes Indenture will
thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.



     “Permitted Investments” means:


(1) any Investment in BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary;



(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;



(3) any Investment by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, including in the
Equity Interests of such Person, if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions,
is




28









 







merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or Substantially
All of its assets to, or is liquidated into, BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary;



(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received
in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets
not constituting an Asset Sale;



(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue
Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment
existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment only may be increased
as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date;



(6) advances to officers, directors or employees, taken together with all other advances made
pursuant to this clause (6), not to exceed 0.25% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;



(7) any Investment acquired by BP I, BP II or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in
exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by BP I, BP II or any such Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or
recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) as a result of
a foreclosure by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment
or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default, (c) as a result of
the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons
who are not Affiliates or (d) in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business;



(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x);



(9) any Investment by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business having
an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 3.25% of Total Assets at the time of
such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment
pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date
of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date,
such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall
cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a
Restricted Subsidiary;



(10) additional Investments by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate
Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that
are at that time outstanding (after giving effect to the sale or other transfer of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale received by BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries consists of cash and Cash Equivalents), not to exceed 1.0% of Total Assets at the time
of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any
Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary
at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted




29









 







Subsidiary after
such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1)
above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person
continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;



(11) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees for business-related travel
expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary
course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity
Interests of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II;



(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests or Subordinated Shareholder
Funding of BP I or BP II (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of BP I
or BP II, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount
available for Restricted Payments under clauses (2) and (3) of the definition of Cumulative Credit;



(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made
in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(c) (except transactions described in clauses
(ii), (vi), (vii) and (xi)(B) of Section 4.07(c));



(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant
to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;



(15) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11;



(16) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies,
materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of
intellectual property;



(17) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary
in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of
funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified
Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a
Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional
receivables or an equity interest;



(18) any Investment in an entity or purchase of a business or assets in each case owned (or
previously owned) by a customer of a Restricted Subsidiary as a condition or in connection with
such customer (or any member of such customer’s group) contracting with a Restricted Subsidiary, in
each case in the ordinary course of business;



(19) any Investment in an entity which is not a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted
Subsidiary sells accounts receivable pursuant to a Receivables Financing;



(20) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity
merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary in a
transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such
Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or




30









 







consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or
consolidation;



(21) guarantees by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries of operating leases (other than
Capitalized Lease Obligations), trademarks, licenses, purchase agreements or of other obligations
that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;



(22) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in
the ordinary course of business or (y) that are otherwise a Permitted Lien or made in connection
with a Permitted Lien; and



(23) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(xxv).




     “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:


(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders,
contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party,
or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or US
government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as
security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in
the ordinary course of business;



(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case
for sums not yet overdue by more than 60 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to
which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;



(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or
subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which there are adequate reserves set aside in accordance with GAAP or the
non-payment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Issuers, RGHL and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;



(4) Liens (i) required by any regulatory or government authority or (ii) in favor of issuers of
performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or letters of credit or completion guarantees issued
pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its
business;



(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of
others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and
other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties
Incurred in the ordinary course of business and title defects or irregularities that are of a minor
nature and which do not in the aggregate materially impair the operation of the business of such
Person;




31









 







(6) (i) Liens securing an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness not to exceed the maximum
principal amount of Indebtedness that, as of the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, and after
giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of proceeds therefrom on
such date, would not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio of BP I and BP II on a combined basis to
exceed 4.50 to 1.00; (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i);
(iii) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(iii)(B); (iv) Liens securing
the 2009 Notes (or any guarantees thereof); (v) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(iv); and (vi) Liens securing the 2007 Notes (or any
guarantees thereof) as in effect on the Issue Date and any Lien that replaces the Lien in existence
on the Issue Date so long as such replacement Lien is in respect of the same property as the Lien
in existence on the Issue Date;



(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens described in clause (6));



(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that
such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary;



(9) Liens on assets or property at the time BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the
assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation
with or into BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not
created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further,
however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiary;



(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to BP I,
BP II or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;



(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Senior Notes
Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien
extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;



(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing
such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of
such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;



(13) leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses of real property which do not materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries;



(14) Liens on assets or property of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary securing the
Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee;



(15) Liens in favor of BP I, BP II or any Senior Note Guarantor;




32









 







(16) Liens (i) on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the
definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing
and (ii) on inventory that is equipment used in the product filling process Incurred in connection
with a Financing Disposition;



(17) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers;



(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and on the Equity Interests of
joint ventures securing obligations of such joint ventures;



(19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business;



(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or
successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part,
of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) (other than clause (6)(vi)),
(7), (8), (9), (10), (15) and (20); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to
all or part of the same property (including any after acquired property to the extent it would have
been subject to a Lien in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed
or replaced) that secured the original Lien as in effect immediately prior to the refinancing,
refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien (plus
improvements on such property), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not
increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if
greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) (other than clause
(6)(vi)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (15) and (20) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien
under this Senior Notes Indenture and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses,
including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement and
(z) such new Lien shall not have priority over, rank ahead of, or otherwise be senior pursuant to
any intercreditor agreement to the original Lien securing the Indebtedness being refinanced,
refunded, extended, renewed or replaced; provided further, however, that in the case of any Liens
to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement of Indebtedness secured by
a Lien referred to in any of clauses (6) (other than clause (6)(vi)), (7), (8), (9) or (10), the
principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal
or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under such original clause and not this clause
(20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause
6(i);



(21) Liens on equipment of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary
course of business to BP I’s, BP II’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such
equipment is located;



(22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis
pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;



(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;




33









 







(24) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s
liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds
maintained with a depository or financial institution;



(25) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation;



(26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to
Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar
agreement;



(27) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling
arrangements in the ordinary course of business;



(28) other Liens securing obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business which
obligations do not exceed $30.0 million at any one time outstanding;



(29) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code filings regarding operating leases entered into
by BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;



(30) Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements constituting Cash
Equivalents; and



(31) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a
contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to
such property or assets prior to completion.




     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.



     “Pre-Announcement” means the pre-announcement of the Offer pursuant to Article 7 et seq. TOO
(Voranmeldung) as published by electronic media on 19 December 2006 and in the print media on 21
December 2006.



     “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or
upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up.



     “Public Debt” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (b) a
private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with
Rule 144A or Regulation S of such Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the
holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC. The term “Public Debt” (i)
shall not include the Senior Notes (or any Additional Senior Notes) and (ii) for the avoidance of
doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a
direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being
understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than
10 Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be
treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall be deemed not to be underwritten),



34









 




or any commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer
of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness Incurred in a manner not customarily
viewed as a “securities offering”.




     “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of
credit, which may be irrevocable, from BP I, BP II or any of their respective Subsidiaries to a
Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended
to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.



     “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing that meets the following
conditions:


(1) the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II shall have determined in good faith that such
Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other
provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to BP I or BP II or, as the case
may be, the Subsidiary in question;



(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets are made at Fair Market Value; and



(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be
market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) and may include Standard Securitization
Undertakings.




     The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of BP I, BP II or any of their
respective Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary or the Subsidiary undertaking such
Receivables Financing) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, Indebtedness in respect
of the Senior Notes or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Senior Notes shall not be
deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.



     “Rank” means (i) Mr. Graeme Richard Hart (or his estate, heirs, executor, administrator or
other personal representative, or any of his immediate family members or any trust, fund or other
entity which is controlled by his estate, heirs or any of his immediate family members), and any of
his or their Affiliates (each a “Rank Party”) and (ii) any Person that forms a group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision)
with any Rank Party; provided that in the case of (ii) (x) any Rank Party owns a majority of the
voting power of the Voting Stock of BP I and BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP
II, as applicable, (y) no other Person has beneficial ownership of any of the Voting Stock included
in determining whether the threshold set forth in clause (x) has been satisfied and (z) any Rank
Party controls a majority of the Board of Directors of each of BP I and BP II or any direct or
indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as applicable.



     “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the
Senior Notes for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, a “nationally recognized statistical
rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected
by the Issuers or any direct or indirect parent of an Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or
S&P, as the case may be.



35









 





     “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with
respect to any participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid
to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.



     “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered
into by BP I, BP II or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to which BP I, BP II or any of
their respective Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables
Subsidiary or (b) any other Person, or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable
(whether now existing or arising in the future) of BP I, BP II or any of their respective
Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral
securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect
of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are
customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in
connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging
Obligations entered into by BP I, BP II or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts
receivable.



     “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a
Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a
representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion
thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a
result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the
seller.



     “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of BP I or BP II (or another Person
formed for the purposes of engaging in Qualified Receivables Financing with BP I or BP II in which
BP I or BP II or any of Subsidiary of BP I or BP II makes an Investment and to which BP I, BP II or
any Restricted Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) that engages in no
activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of BP I, BP II and
their respective Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other),
collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related
to such business, and that is designated by the Board of Directors of each of the Issuers (as
provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:




     (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise)
of which (i) is guaranteed by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees
of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is with recourse to or obligates BP I, BP II or
any Subsidiary of BP I or BP II in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of BP I, BP II or any other Subsidiary
of BP I or BP II, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction
thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;




     (b) with which neither BP I, BP II nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any material
contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which BP I or BP II
reasonably believes to be no less favorable to BP I, BP II or such Restricted



36









 






Subsidiary
than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of any
Issuer; and




     (c) to which neither BP I, BP II nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation
to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve
certain levels of operating results.



     Any such designation by the Board of Directors of each of the Issuers shall be evidenced to
the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of
Directors of each of the Issuers giving effect to such designation and an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.



     “Reference Date” means June 29, 2007.



     “Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for any Indebtedness;
provided that if, and for so long as, any Indebtedness lacks such a Representative, then the
Representative for such Indebtedness shall at all times constitute the holder or holders of a
majority in outstanding principal amount of obligations under such Indebtedness.



     “Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed or otherwise paid to any
Issuer or not available for general corporate purposes, except for such restrictions that are
contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under this Senior Notes Indenture.



     “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.



     “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other
than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Senior Notes
Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of each of
BP I and BP II.



     “Reynolds Acquisition” means collectively (a) the acquisition by BP III of all the Equity
Interests of each of Closure Systems International (Luxembourg) S.à r.l and Reynolds Consumer
Products (Luxembourg) S.à r.l and (b) the acquisition by Reynolds Group Holdings Inc., a direct
wholly-owned subsidiary of BP III, of all the Equity Interests of Reynolds Consumer Products
Holdings Inc.



     “Reynolds Acquisition Documents” means the (i) Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October
15, 2009, by and among BP III, Reynolds Group Holdings Inc., a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of BP
III, and Reynolds Consumer Products (NZ) Limited, a New Zealand company and (ii) Stock Purchase
Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2009, by and between BP III and Closure Systems International
(NZ) Limited, a New Zealand company, and any other document entered into in connection therewith,
in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to November 5, 2009.



     “Reynolds 2008 Credit Agreement” means the Senior Secured Facilities Agreement dated February
21, 2008, among Reynolds Packaging Group (NZ) Limited, Closure Systems International Holdings Inc.,
Closure Systems International B.V., Reynolds Consumer Products



37









 




Holdings Inc. and Reynolds Treasury
(NZ) Limited, as borrowers, the Lenders party thereto, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group
Limited, BOS International (Australia) Limited, Calyon Australia Limited and Credit Suisse, as
joint lead arrangers and underwriters, and Credit Suisse as facility agent and security trustee, as
amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether
with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise
modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof,
refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such
agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or
agreements or indenture or
indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder (subject to compliance with
the Sections 4.03 and 4.12) or altering the maturity thereof.




     “Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition” means, collectively, (a) the acquisition by Reynolds Group
Holdings, Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of BP III, of all of the Equity Interests of
Reynolds Packaging Inc., (b) the acquisition by Closure Systems International B.V., an indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of BP III, of all of the Equity Interests of Reynolds Packaging
International B.V., together with a minority interest in Reynolds Metals Company de Mexico S. de
R.L. de C.V., from an affiliated entity, that along with Reynolds Group Holdings Inc. and Closure
Systems International B.V., is beneficially owned by Mr. Graeme Richard Hart.



     “Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition Document” means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
September 1, 2010, among BP III, Reynolds Group Holdings Inc., Closure Systems International B.V.
and Reynolds Packaging (NZ) Limited.



     “Reynolds Foodservice Transactions” means the Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition and the
transactions related thereto.



     “Reynolds Transactions” means the Reynolds Acquisition and the transactions related thereto
(including the transactions contemplated in that certain Steps Plan and Structure Chart dated
November 3, 2009, prepared by RGHL), including the repayment of the Reynolds 2008 Credit Agreement,
the issuance and guarantee of, and granting of security in relation to, the 2009 Notes, the
entering into and borrowings and guarantees under, and granting of security in relation to, the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the amendment to the 2007 Intercreditor Agreement, entry into the
First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the contribution by RGHL of funds in return for common
equity of BP I.



     “RGHL” means Reynolds Group Holdings Limited.



     “RP Reference Date” means November 5, 2009.



     “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter
acquired by BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary
transfers such property to a Person and BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from
such Person, other than leases between BP I, BP II and a Restricted Subsidiary or between
Restricted Subsidiaries.



     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.



38









 





     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.



     “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.



     “Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person at any date, the ratio of (i)
Secured Indebtedness of such Person less the amount of Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted
Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of
determination to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Secured Leverage Calculation
Date (as defined below); provided, however, that for the purposes of this definition of Secured
Leverage Ratio, Secured Indebtedness shall not include any Indebtedness represented by the 2007
Senior Notes (including the guarantees thereof) or the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes (including
the guarantees thereof) for so long as such 2007 Notes are outstanding; provided further, however,
that in the event that at any time after the Issue Date, any of the 2007 Senior Notes or any of the
2007 Senior Subordinated Notes is secured by any Lien that did not secure such 2007 Senior Notes or
2007 Senior Subordinated Notes on the Issue Date (other than any Lien that replaces the Lien in
existence on the Issue Date so long as such replacement Lien is in respect of the same property as
the Lien in existence on the Issue Date), such 2007 Senior Notes or 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes
shall be deemed Secured Indebtedness for the purposes of this definition of Secured Leverage Ratio
for so long as such Lien secures such 2007 Senior Notes or 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes. In the
event that such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems
any Secured Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured
Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured
Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Leverage Ratio
shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption
of Secured Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period; provided that the Issuers may elect pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the
Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Secured Indebtedness as being
Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Secured Indebtedness under such
commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such
subsequent time.



     For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions) and discontinued
operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit
of a business, and any operational changes that BP I, BP II or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
has determined to make or have made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date
(each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations,
consolidations (including the Transactions), discontinued operations and other operational changes
(and the change of any associated Secured Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting
therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the
beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged
with or into BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have
made any Investment, acquisition,



39









 




disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued
operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that
would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Secured Leverage Ratio shall
be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.




     For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma
event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Issuers. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments
appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuers as set forth in an Officers’
Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies
reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event (including, to the extent
applicable, from the Transactions).



     “Securities Act” means the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.



     “Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, (a) Indebtedness of such Person,
whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and (b) all other Obligations of such
Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for
reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such
proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (a), unless, in the case of clauses (a)
and (b), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is
outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations in respect thereof are
subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Notes or the Senior Note Guarantee of such Person, as
the case may be; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:


(1) any obligation of such Person to BP I, BP II or any Subsidiary of BP I or BP II;



(2) any liability for national, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;



(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course
of business (including guarantees thereof (other than by way of letter of credit, bank guarantee,
performance or other bond, or other similar obligation) or instruments evidencing such
liabilities);



(4) any Capital Stock;



(5) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in right
of payment to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or



(6) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of Incurrence is Incurred in violation
of this Senior Notes Indenture.




     “Senior Note Documents” means (a) the Senior Notes, the Senior Note Guarantees and this Senior
Notes Indenture and (b) any other related document or instrument executed and



40









 




delivered pursuant to
any Senior Note Document described in clause (a) evidencing or governing any Obligations
thereunder.




     “Senior Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under the Senior
Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Senior
Notes Indenture.



     “Senior Note Guarantors” means (x) RGHL, BP I and the Restricted Subsidiaries that have
granted a guarantee with respect to the indebtedness Incurred as incremental term loan borrowings
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in connection with the Pactiv Acquisition as of the
Escrow Release Date (other than the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II and the Luxembourg Issuer) and
(y) any Person that subsequently becomes a Senior Note Guarantor in accordance with the terms of
this Senior Notes Indenture; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its
Senior Note Guarantee in accordance with this Senior Notes Indenture, such Person shall cease to be
a Senior Note Guarantor.



     “Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement” means the Senior Notes Registration Rights
Agreement related to the Senior Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Escrow Issuers and the
Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time;
provided that, as of the Escrow Release Date, the Issuers shall assume all of the obligations of
the Escrow Issuers under, and the Senior Notes Guarantors shall execute a joinder to, the Senior
Notes Registration Rights Agreement, and, with respect to any Additional Senior Notes, one or more
registration rights agreements between the Issuers and the other parties thereto, as such
agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given
by the Issuers to the purchasers of Additional Senior Notes to register such Additional Senior
Notes under the Securities Act.



     “Senior Secured Credit Facilities” means the Credit Agreement dated as of November 5, 2009,
among, among others, BP I and Credit Suisse, as administrative agent, the other financial
institutions party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not
upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid,
refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture
extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any
portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any
successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the
amount loaned or issued thereunder (subject to compliance with Sections 4.03 and 4.12) or altering
the maturity thereof.



     “Senior Secured Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under
the Senior Secured Notes Indenture and the Senior Secured Notes by any Person in accordance with
the provisions of the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.



     “Senior Secured Notes Security Documents” means those agreements or other instruments entered
into pursuant to which security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes
Indenture) are granted to secure the Senior Secured Notes and the guarantees thereof.



41









 





     “Senior Secured Note Guarantors” means (x) RGHL, BP I and the Restricted Subsidiaries that
have granted a guarantee with respect to the indebtedness Incurred as incremental term loan
borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities as of the Escrow Release Date in connection
with the Pactiv Acquisition (other than the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II and the Luxembourg
Issuer) and (y) any Person that subsequently becomes a Senior Secured Note Guarantor in accordance
with the terms of the Senior Secured Notes Indenture; provided that upon the release or discharge
of such Person from its Senior Secured Note Guarantee in
accordance with the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Senior
Secured Note Guarantor.



     “Senior Secured Notes” means the $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.125% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019 pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.



     “Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the Senior Secured Notes Indenture to be dated as of
the Issue Date, among US LLC Escrow Issuer, US Corporate Escrow Issuer, Lux Escrow Issuer, The Bank
of New York Mellon, as Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Collateral
Agent and Wilmington Trust (London) Limited, as Additional Collateral Agent, as supplemented,
amended and modified from time to time thereafter.



     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that meets any of the following
conditions:


(1) BP I’s, BP II’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the
Restricted Subsidiary exceed 10% of the total assets of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries
on a combined consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year;



(2) BP I’s, BP II’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets
(after intercompany eliminations) of the Restricted Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the total assets of
BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a combined consolidated basis as of the end of the
most recently completed fiscal year; or



(3) BP I’s, BP II’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing
operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle of the Restricted Subsidiary exceeds 10% of such income of BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed fiscal year.




     “Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by BP I, BP II
or any their respective Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and
activities engaged in by BP I, BP II or any their respective Subsidiaries that are related,
complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or
developments of any thereof.



     “Squeeze-Out” means the acquisition pursuant to Article 33 of the Swiss Federal Stock
Exchanges and Securities Trading Act (SR954.1) by BP III of the remaining Target Shares after at
least 98% of the Target’s Voting Stock has been acquired by BP III at the end of the Offer.



42









 





     “Stamp Duty Guidelines” shall mean the stamp duty guidelines set out in Schedule 9.20 (Stamp
Duty Guidelines) of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.



     “Stamp Duty Sensitive Document” shall mean (a) any original of any Senior Note Document and
(b) any signed document (including email, PDF, TIF and other comparable formats) that constitutes a
deed (Urkunde) within the meaning of section 15 of the Austrian Stamp Duty Act (as interpreted by
the Austrian tax authorities), whether documenting or confirming the entering into of the relevant
transaction (rechtserzeugende Urkunde) or
documenting that the relevant transaction has been entered into (rechtsbezeugende Urkunde), or
a substitute deed (Ersatzurkunde) within the meaning of section 15 of the Austrian Stamp Duty Act
(as interpreted by the Austrian tax authorities), including, without limitation, any notarized
copy, any certified copy and any written minutes recording the transactions (Rechtsgeschäfte)
contemplated by, or referenced in, any Senior Note Document.



     “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants,
indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by BP I, BP II or any Subsidiary of BP I or
BP II which BP I or BP II has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing
including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Subsidiary, it
being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard
Securitization Undertaking.



     “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as
the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable,
including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for
the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).



     “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to any Issuer, any Indebtedness of such
Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes and (b) with
respect to any Senior Note Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Senior Note Guarantor which is by
its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Senior Note Guarantee.



     “Subordinated Shareholder Funding” means, collectively, any funds provided to BP I or BP II by
any direct or indirect parent, any Affiliate of any direct or indirect parent or any Permitted
Holder or any Affiliate thereof, in exchange for or pursuant to any security, instrument or
agreement other than Capital Stock, in each case issued to and held by any of the foregoing
Persons, together with any such security, instrument or agreement and any other security or
instrument other than Capital Stock issued in payment of any obligation under any Subordinated
Shareholder Funding; provided, however, that such Subordinated Shareholder Funding:


(1) does not (including upon the happening of any event) mature or require any amortization,
redemption or other repayment of principal or any sinking fund payment prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes (other than through conversion or exchange
of such funding into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of BP I or BP II or any funding
meeting the requirements of this definition) or the making of any such payment





43









 







prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes is restricted by any intercreditor
agreement;



(2) does not (including upon the happening of any event) require, prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes, payment of cash interest, cash withholding
amounts or other cash gross-ups, or any similar cash amounts or the making of any such payment
prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes is restricted by any
intercreditor agreement;



(3) contains no change of control or similar provisions and does not accelerate and has no
right to declare a default or event of default or take any enforcement action or otherwise require
any cash payment (in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Senior
Notes) or the payment of any amount as a result of any such action or provision, or the exercise of
any rights or enforcement action (in each case, prior to the first anniversary of the Stated
Maturity of the Senior Notes) is restricted by any intercreditor agreement;



(4) does not provide for or require any security interest or encumbrance over any asset of BP
I, BP II or any of their respective Subsidiaries;



(5) pursuant to its terms or pursuant to any intercreditor agreement, is fully subordinated and
junior in right of payment to the Senior Notes pursuant to subordination, payment blockage and
enforcement limitation terms which are customary in all material respects for similar funding or
are no less favorable in any material respect to Holders than those contained in the 2007
Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date with respect to the “Senior Creditors” (as
defined therein) in relation to “Parentco Debt” (as defined therein);



provided that any event or circumstance that results in such subordinated obligation ceasing to
qualify as Subordinated Shareholder Funding, including it ceasing to be held by any direct or
indirect parent, any Affiliate of any direct or indirect parent or any Permitted Holder or any
Affiliate thereof, shall constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by BP I, BP II or such
Restricted Subsidiary.




     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other
business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which
more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof
is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one
or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and (2) any partnership,
joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts,
distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership
interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of
membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise and (y) such Person or
any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.



44









 





     “Substantially All” when used in relation to assets, means assets of the relevant entity or
entities having a market value of at least 75% of the market value of all of the assets of such
entity or entities at the date of the relevant transactions.



     “Target” means SIG Combibloc Group AG (formerly SIG Holding AG), a company limited by shares
incorporated in Switzerland registered in the Commercial Register of the Canton of Schaffhausen
with the register number CH-290.3.004.149-2.



     “Target Shares” means all of the registered shares of Target.



     “Tax Distributions” means any distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii).



     “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and
withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other
liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.



     “TOO” means the Ordinance of the Swiss Takeover Board on Public Takeover Offers in effect
until December 31, 2008 (SR 954.195.1).



     “Total Assets” means the total combined consolidated assets of BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent combined balance sheet of BP I and BP II.



     “Transactions” means the June 2007 Transactions, the Reynolds Transactions, the Evergreen
Transactions, the Pactiv Transactions and the Reynolds Foodservice Transactions.



     “Treasury Rate” (as determined by the Issuers) means, with respect to the Senior Notes, as of
any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such date of United States Treasury securities
with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date
the redemption notice is mailed (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any
publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the
redemption date to October 15, 2014; provided that if the period from the redemption date to such
date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.



     “Trust Officer” means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including
any managing director, vice president, senior associate or any other officer of the Trustee (1) who
customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be
such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such
person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and (2) who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of this Senior Notes Indenture.



     “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Senior Notes Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.



     “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in
effect on the date hereof.



45









 





     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:


(1) any Subsidiary of BP I or BP II that at the time of determination shall be designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and



(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.




     The Board of Directors of RGHL may designate any Subsidiary (other than any Issuer) of BP I or
BP II (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of BP I or BP II) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests
or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, BP I or BP II or any
other Subsidiary of BP I or BP II that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so
designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not
at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the
lender has recourse to any of the assets of BP I, BP II or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided further, however, that either:




     (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less;
or




     (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such
designation would be permitted under Section 4.04.



     The Board of Directors of each of the Issuers may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such
designation:




     (x) (1) BP I or BP II could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for BP I, BP II and its
Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for BP I, BP II and its
Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro
forma basis taking into account such designation; and




     (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.



     Any such designation by the Board of Directors of each of the Issuers shall be evidenced to
the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors
of each of the Issuers giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.



     “US Issuer I” means Reynolds Group Issuer LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.



     “US Issuer II” means Reynolds Group Issuer Inc., a Delaware corporation.



     “US Issuers” means, collectively, US Issuer I and US Issuer II.



46









 





     “US Controlled Foreign Subsidiary” means any Person that (A)(i) is a Foreign Subsidiary and
(ii) is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code and the
US Treasury Regulations thereunder or (B)(i) is a Domestic Subsidiary and (ii) has no material
assets other than securities of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (which are “controlled foreign
corporations” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code and the US Treasury Regulations
thereunder) of such Domestic Subsidiary and indebtedness issued by such Foreign Subsidiaries.



     “US Dollar Equivalent” means with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than US
Dollars, at any time for determination thereof by BP I, BP II or the Trustee, the amount of US
Dollars obtained by converting such currency other than US Dollars involved in such computation
into US Dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of US Dollars with the applicable foreign
currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under
the heading “Currency Trading” (or, if The Wall Street Journal is no longer published, or if
such information is no longer available in The Wall Street Journal, such source as may be selected
in good faith by BP I or BP II) on the date of such determination.



     “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.



     “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the
products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive
scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to
such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such
payments.



     “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted
Subsidiary.



     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the
outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying
shares or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law) shall at the time be owned by
such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.



          SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.



	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined
	Term	 	in Section
	“2002 Law”
	 	10.08(f)
	“Additional Amounts”
	 	4.15(a)
	“Additional Guarantor”
	 	10.08(m)
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	4.07(a)
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	4.06(b)
	“Austrian Guarantor”
	 	10.08(c)
	“Authentication Order”
	 	2.03






47









 






	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined
	Term	 	in Section
	“Bankruptcy Laws”
	 	6.01
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	4.08(c)
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	4.08(c)
	“Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	4.08(c)
	“Common Depositary”
	 	Appendix A
	“covenant defeasance option”
	 	8.01
	“Custodian”
	 	6.01
	“Definitive Security”
	 	Appendix A
	“Determining Auditors”
	 	10.08(e)
	“Directive”
	 	2.04(a)
	“DTC”
	 	Appendix A
	“Dutch Guarantor”
	 	10.08(a)
	“Event of Default”
	 	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	4.06(b)
	“German Guarantor”
	 	10.08(e)
	“German Net Assets”
	 	10.08(e)
	“Global Securities Legend”
	 	Appendix A
	“Global Senior Securities”
	 	Appendix A
	“GmbH & Co. KG”
	 	10.08(e)
	“Guaranteed Obligations”
	 	10.01(a)
	“legal defeasance option”
	 	8.01
	“Luxembourg Guarantor”
	 	10.08(f)
	“Luxembourg Intra-Group Liabilities”
	 	10.08(f)
	“Management Determination”
	 	10.08(e)
	“Mexican Guarantor”
	 	10.08(h)
	“Offer Period”
	 	4.06(e)
	“Original Senior Notes”
	 	Preamble
	“Paying Agent”
	 	2.04(a)
	“Payor”
	 	4.15(a)
	“Permitted Debt”
	 	4.03(b)
	“Prohibition”
	 	10.08(a)
	“Principal Paying Agent”
	 	2.04(a)
	“protected purchaser”
	 	2.08
	“QIB”
	 	Appendix A
	“Refinancing Indebtedness”
	 	4.03(b)
	“Refunding Capital Stock”
	 	4.04(b)
	“Registrar”
	 	2.04(a)
	“Regulation S”
	 	Appendix A
	“Regulation S Securities”
	 	Appendix A
	“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	 	4.15(a)
	“Required financial Information”
	 	4.02(b)
	“Restricted Payments”
	 	4.04(a)
	“Retired Capital Stock”
	 	4.04(b)






48









 






	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined
	Term	 	in Section
	“Rule 144A”
	 	Appendix A
	“Rule 144A Securities”
	 	Appendix A
	“Second Commitment”
	 	4.06(b)
	“Senior Exchange Securities”
	 	Appendix A
	“Senior Notes Indenture”
	 	Preamble
	“Senior Notes”
	 	Preamble
	“Senior Notes Purchase Agreement”
	 	Appendix A
	“Senior Notes Registered Exchange Offer”
	 	Appendix A
	“Senior Notes Shelf Registration Statement”
	 	Appendix A
	“Senior Notes Transfer Restricted Securities”
	 	Appendix A
	“Special Mandatory Redemption”
	 	3.09
	“Successor Company”
	 	5.01(a)
	“Successor Senior Note Guarantor”
	 	5.01(b)
	“Suspended Covenants”
	 	4.19(a)
	“Swiss Guarantor”
	 	10.08(b)
	“Thai Business Permit”
	 	 
	“Thai Guarantor”
	 	4.21(a)
	“Thai Note Guarantee”
	 	 
	“Transfer”
	 	5.01(b)
	“Transfer Agent”
	 	2.04(a)
	“Unlimited Enforcement Amount”
	 	10.08(e)






          SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:




     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;




     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;




     (c) “or” is not exclusive;




     (d) “including” means including without limitation;




     (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the
singular;




     (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured
Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;




     (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any
date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the
issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;



49









 






     (h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation
value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory
repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;




     (i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial
statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;




     (j) as used in this Senior Notes Indenture, (i) prior to the Escrow Release Date,
references to the “Issuers” or an “Issuer” refer only to the Escrow Issuers collectively or
individually, as applicable, and after the Escrow Release Date, such references shall refer
only to the Luxembourg Issuer, the US Issuer I and the US Issuer II, collectively or
individually, as applicable, (ii) prior to the Escrow Release Date, references to the “US
Issuer I” shall refer only to the US LLC Escrow Issuer (except for the use of such term in
Sections 13.16, 4.24 and the definition of “US Issuer I”, in which cases it shall at
all times refer only to the US Issuer I), and after the Escrow Release Date, such references
shall refer only to the US Issuer I, (iii) prior to the Escrow Release Date, references to
the “US Issuer II” shall refer only to US Corporate Escrow Issuer (except for the use of
such term in Sections 13.16, 4.24 and the definition of “US Issuer II”, in which cases it
shall at all times refer only to the US Issuer II), and after the Escrow Release Date, such
references shall refer only to the US Issuer II and (iv) prior to the Escrow Release Date,
references to “Luxembourg Issuer” shall refer only to the Lux Escrow Issuer (except for the
use of such term in Sections 2.04(d), 13.16, 4.24 and the definition of “Luxembourg Issuer”,
in which cases it shall at all times refer only to the Luxembourg Issuer), and after the
Escrow Release Date, such references shall refer only to the Luxembourg Issuer.




     (k) unless otherwise specified herein, references to any Person shall be to it and any
successor in interest thereto; and




     (l) For the purposes of Section 13.17 and the Austrian stamp duty guidelines, “written”
shall mean that what is “written” was translated into letters (Buchstaben) that are or can
be made visible on a physical or electronic device of whatever type and format, including
paper and screen, and, accordingly, communication, documents or notices being “in writing”
shall include not only paper-form (letter or fax) communication, documents or notices but
also electronic communication, documents or notices, including by way of e-mail; and
“signed” communication, documents or notices refers to written communication, documents or
notices that carry a manuscript, digital or electronic or other technically reproduced
signature, and “signature” shall be construed accordingly.



ARTICLE II




The Senior Notes



          SECTION 2.01. Amount of Senior Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes
which may be authenticated and delivered under this Senior Notes Indenture on the



50









 




Issue Date is
$1,500,000,000. All Original Senior Notes shall be substantially identical except as to
denomination.




          The Issuers may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Senior Notes under
this Senior Notes Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the
Indebtedness represented by such Additional Senior Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03
and (ii) such Additional Senior Notes are issued in compliance with Section 4.12 and the other
applicable provisions of this Senior Notes Indenture. With respect to any Additional Senior Notes
issued after the Issue Date (except for Senior Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration
of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Senior Notes pursuant to Section 2.07,
2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 4.06(g), 4.08(c) or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to
a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuers or BP I and (b) (i) set forth or determined
in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures
supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Senior Notes:




     (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Senior Notes which may be
authenticated and delivered under this Senior Notes Indenture;




     (2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Senior Notes,
including the date from which interest on such Additional Senior Notes shall accrue;




     (3) if applicable, that such Additional Senior Notes shall be issuable in whole
or in part in the form of one or more Global Senior Securities and, in such case,
the respective depositaries for such Global Senior Securities, the form of any
legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Senior Securities in addition
to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in
addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.3 of Appendix A in which any
such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Senior
Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in part may be
registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such
Global Security or a nominee thereof; and




     (4) whether such Additional Senior Notes shall be Original Senior Notes or
shall be issued in the form of Senior Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit A



          If any of the terms of any Additional Senior Notes are established by action taken pursuant to
a resolution of the Board of Directors of any Issuer or BP I, a copy of an appropriate record of
such action shall be certified by an Officer or authorized signatory of the applicable Issuer or BP
I and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the
indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Senior Notes.



          The Senior Notes, including any Additional Senior Notes, shall be treated as a single class
for all purposes under this Senior Notes Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and
offers to purchase. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of



51









 




this Senior Notes
Indenture, references to the Senior Notes include any Additional Senior Notes actually issued.




          SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Senior Notes and the
Senior Exchange Securities are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Senior Notes Indenture. The (i) Senior Notes and the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Senior Notes (if issued as Senior Notes
Transfer Restricted Securities) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a
part of this Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Exchange Securities shall be in substantially the
form of Exhibit A hereto, as applicable, except that the Senior Exchange Securities shall not
contain the “Restricted Securities Legend”, as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Senior Notes may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which
any Issuer or any Senior Note Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such
notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each Senior Note shall be
dated the date of its authentication. The Senior Notes shall be issuable
only in registered form without interest coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Global Senior Securities shall be in
registered form without interest coupons and the Definitive Securities shall be in registered form
without interest coupons. Each Global Security shall represent such of the outstanding Senior
Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Security”
attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount
of outstanding Senior Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Security to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Senior
Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Registrar, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.03
hereof.



          SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and in
the case of a Global Security registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, hold such Global
Security as custodian for DTC, and in the case of a Global Security registered in the name of a
common depositary, deliver to such common depositary upon a written order of the Issuers signed by
one Officer or authorized signatory of each Issuer (an “Authentication Order”) (a) Senior Notes for
original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000,000, and (b)
subject to the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, Additional Senior Notes in an aggregate
principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein. Such order shall
specify the amount of the Senior Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue
of Senior Notes is to be authenticated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Senior
Notes Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Senior Notes after the Issue Date shall
be in a principal amount of at least $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.



          One Officer or authorized signatory of each Issuer shall sign the Senior Notes for the Issuers
by manual or facsimile signature.



52









 





          If an Officer or authorized signatory whose signature is on a Senior Note no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Senior Note, the Senior Note shall be valid
nevertheless.



          Prior to authentication of the Senior Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive the
Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required pursuant to Sections 13.03 and 13.04.



          A Senior Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs
the certificate of authentication on the Senior Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence
that the Senior Note has been authenticated under this Senior Notes Indenture.



          The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuers
to authenticate the Senior Note. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed
by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms
of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Senior Notes
whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Senior Notes Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has
the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.



          SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. (a) The Issuers shall maintain (i) one or
more paying agents (each, a “Paying Agent”) for the Senior Notes in each of (A) New York, NY and
(B) to the extent practicable and permitted by law, in a European Union member state that shall not
be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC regarding
the taxation of savings income (the “Directive”), in each case where Senior Notes may be presented
for payment (ii) one or more registrars (each, a “Registrar”) and (iii) a transfer agent (each, a
“Transfer Agent”) in (A) New York, NY where the Senior Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange. The Issuers may have one or more additional co-registrars and one or
more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes the Registrar and any additional
co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Principal Paying Agent and any additional
paying agents. The initial Paying Agent shall be The Bank of New York Mellon in New York, NY (the
“Principal Paying Agent”) and in London, England (it being understood that the Paying Agent shall
not be required to maintain an office in London, England). The initial Registrar shall be The Bank
of New York Mellon. The initial Transfer Agent shall be The Bank of New York Mellon, in New York,
NY. Each hereby accepts such appointments. The Registrar shall maintain a register outside the
United Kingdom reflecting ownership of Senior Notes outstanding from time to time and the Transfer
Agent shall facilitate transfers of Definitive Securities on behalf of the Issuers. The Transfer
Agent shall perform the functions of a transfer agent.



          (b) The Issuers may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying
Agent not a party to this Senior Notes Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of
this Senior Notes Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the
name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent,
the Trustee shall act as
such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant
to Section 7.07. BP I or any of its Subsidiaries may act as



53









 




Paying Agent or Registrar, subject to
the requirement to maintain a paying agent in a European Union member state that shall not be
obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the Directive.




          (c) The Issuers may change any Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent upon written notice
to such Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and to the Trustee, without prior notice to
Holders; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until acceptance of an
appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and
such successor Registrar or Paying Agent as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee;
provided, further, that, in no event may the Issuers appoint a Paying Agent in any member state of
the European Union where the Paying Agent would be obliged to withhold or deduct tax in connection
with any payment made by it in relation to the Senior Notes unless the Paying Agent would be so
obliged if it were located in all other member states. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at
any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.



          (d) Upon written request from the Luxembourg Issuer, the Registrar shall provide the
Luxembourg Issuer with a copy of the register to enable it to maintain a register of the Senior
Notes at its registered office.



          SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money. At least one Business Day prior to each
due date of the principal of and interest on any Senior Note, the Issuers shall deposit with each
Paying Agent (or if the Issuers, BP I or any of its Subsidiaries is acting as Paying Agent,
segregate and hold for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum in immediately available
funds sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall
require each Paying Agent to agree in writing (and the Initial Paying Agents hereby agree) that a
Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent
for the payment of principal of and interest on the Senior Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of
any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Issuers, BP I or any of its
Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold
it for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such
Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further
liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. This Section 2.05 shall only be applicable after
the Escrow Release Date.



          SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.
If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish,
to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before a payment date on the Senior Notes of
each year following the Issue Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and
addresses of Holders.



          SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Senior Notes shall be issued in registered
form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Senior Note for registration of
transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Senior Note is presented to the Registrar with
a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested



54









 




if its
requirements therefor are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Senior Notes at the Registrar’s request. The
Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Issuers
shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of
Senior Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Senior Notes to be redeemed in part,
the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Senior Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed.




          Prior to registration of transfer of any Senior Note, the Issuers, the Senior Note Guarantors,
the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Transfer Agents and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person
in whose name a Senior Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Senior Note for the purpose
of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Senior Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Senior Note is overdue, and
none of the Issuers, any Senior Note Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Transfer
Agents or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.



          Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such
beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be
effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or
its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership
of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.



          All Senior Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Senior
Notes Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this
Senior Notes Indenture as the Senior Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.



          SECTION 2.08. Replacement Senior Notes. If a mutilated Senior Note is surrendered to
the Registrar or if the Holder of a Senior Note claims that the Senior Note has been lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a
replacement Senior Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are
met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after
such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not
register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or
the Trustee prior to the Senior Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section
8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other
requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall provide
an indemnity or security sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee or the Issuers to protect the
Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Transfer Agents and the Registrar from any loss that
any of them may suffer if a Senior Note is replaced. The Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee
may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Senior Note (including attorneys’ fees and
disbursements in replacing such Senior Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken Senior Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its
discretion may pay such Senior Note instead of issuing a new Senior Note in replacement thereof.



55









 





          Every replacement Senior Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers.



          The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful)
all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken Senior Notes.



          SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Senior Notes. Senior Notes outstanding at any time are all
Senior Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by the Registrar or any Agent
in accordance with this Senior Notes Indenture, those delivered to it for cancellation and those
described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.05, a Senior Note does
not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or any Affiliate of any Issuer holds the Senior
Note.



          If a Senior Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Senior Note
surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers
receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Senior Note is held by a protected purchaser.
A mutilated Senior Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Senior Note and replacement
thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.



          If a Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Senior Notes Indenture, on a redemption date
or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with
respect to the Senior Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be,
and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to
the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, then on and after that date such Senior Notes (or
portions thereof) shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.



          SECTION 2.10. Temporary Senior Notes. In the event that Definitive Securities are to
be issued under the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are
ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee or an agent thereof shall authenticate
temporary Senior Notes. Temporary Senior Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive
Securities but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Senior
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee or an agent thereof
shall authenticate Definitive Securities and the Registrar and the Agents shall make them available
for delivery in exchange for temporary Senior Notes upon surrender of such temporary Senior Notes
at the office or agency of the Issuers, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange,
temporary Senior Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive
Securities.



          SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Senior Notes to the
Registrar for cancellation. Each Paying Agent shall forward to the Registrar any Senior Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Registrar and no one
else shall cancel all Senior Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Senior Notes in accordance with its customary procedures
upon receipt of written instructions from the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Senior Notes
to replace Senior Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation. The
Trustee shall not authenticate Senior Notes in place of canceled Senior Notes other than pursuant
to the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture.



56









 





          SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on
the Senior Notes, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Senior Notes (plus
interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuers may
pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The
Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to each
affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid.



          SECTION 2.13. CUSIPs, Common Codes, ISINs, etc. The Issuers in issuing the Senior
Notes may use CUSIPs, ISINs and Common Codes, as applicable and, if so, the Trustee shall use
CUSIPs, ISINs and Common Codes, as applicable in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Senior Notes
or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Senior Notes and that any such redemption shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee and
each Agent of any change in the CUSIPs, ISINs and Common Codes.



          SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Senior Notes. The aggregate
principal amount of the Senior Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount
of the Senior Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent,
waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount
of all the Senior Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of
determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Senior
Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such
date of determination, of the Senior Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in
accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 13.05 of this Senior Notes
Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuers
and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.



          SECTION 2.15. Currency. The US Dollar is the sole currency of account and payment
for all sums payable by BP I, BP II, the Issuers or any Senior Note Guarantor under or in
connection with the Senior Notes, including damages. Any amount with respect to the Senior Notes
received or recovered in a currency other than US Dollars, whether as a result of, or the
enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or
dissolution of the Issuers or any Senior Note Guarantor or otherwise by any noteholder or by the
Trustee, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuers or any Senior Note
Guarantor will only constitute a discharge to the Issuers or any Senior Note Guarantor to the
extent of the US Dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received
or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not
practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do
so).



          If that US Dollar amount is less than the US Dollar amount expressed to be due to the
recipient or the Trustee under any Senior Note, BP I, BP II, the Issuers and any Senior Note
Guarantor will indemnify such recipient and/or the Trustee against any loss sustained by it as a



57









 




result. In any event, BP I, BP II, the Issuers and any Senior Note Guarantor will indemnify the
recipient and/or Trustee against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this
currency indemnity provision, it will be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein for the
holder of a Senior Note or the Trustee to certify in a manner satisfactory to the Issuers
(indicating the sources of information used) the loss it Incurred in making any such purchase.
These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from BP I, BP II, the Issuers
and any Senior Note Guarantor’s other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent
cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any holder of a Senior Note or
the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set out herein) and will continue in full force
and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of
any sum due under any Senior Note or to the Trustee.




          Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, (a) for purposes of determining compliance
with any euro-denominated restriction herein, the Euro Equivalent amount for purposes hereof that
is denominated in a non-euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange
rate in effect on the date such non-euro amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be, and (b)
for purposes of determining compliance with any US Dollar-denominated restriction herein, the US
Dollar Equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-US Dollar currency shall
be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-US Dollar
amount is Incurred or made, as the case may be.



ARTICLE III




Redemption



          SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part,
from time to time, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Section 5 or
6 of the form of Senior Note set forth in Exhibit A, which are hereby incorporated by reference and
made a part of this Senior Notes Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest and premiums
(if any) to the redemption date, and in the case of the Special Mandatory Redemption, to but not
including the redemption date.



          SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Except where not applicable with respect to
the Special Mandatory Redemption addressed in Section 3.09 below, redemption of Senior Notes at the
election of the Issuers or otherwise, as permitted or required by the Senior Notes or any provision
of this Senior Notes Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.



          SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem Senior Notes
pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5 or the optional tax redemption
provisions of Section 6 of the form of Senior Note they shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i)
the Section of this Senior Notes Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the
redemption date and the record date, (iii) the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed
and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuers shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this
paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the applicable redemption date, unless
a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by



58









 




an Officers’
Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from each Issuer to the effect that such redemption complies
with the conditions herein. If fewer than all of the Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the record
date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuers and given to the Trustee, which
record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such
notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being delivered to any Holder
and shall thereby be void and of no effect.




          In the case of a redemption provided for by Section 6 of the form of Senior Note prior to the
publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of any series of Senior Notes pursuant to the
foregoing, each Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (with a copy to the relevant Paying Agent) (a)
an Officers’ Certificate stating that they are entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth
a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to their right so to
redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of recognized
standing and satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to in
Section 6 of the form of Senior Note exist. The Trustee shall accept such Officers’ Certificate
and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above
without further inquiry, in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Holders. Any
such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any
Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.



          SECTION 3.04. Selection of Senior Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the
Senior Notes are to be redeemed or are required to be repurchased at any time, the Trustee will
select Senior Notes for redemption or repurchase on a pro rata basis, to the extent practicable and
in compliance with the requirements of DTC and any stock exchange on which the applicable Senior
Notes are then admitted to trading of which the Trustee shall have been notified in writing by the
Issuers; provided, however, that no Senior Note of $100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less,
or other than in an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.



          SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption. (a) At least 30 days but not more than
60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the form of Senior Note, the
Issuers shall deliver or cause to be delivered by electronic transmission or mailed by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of
the Registrar (or otherwise deliver such notice in accordance with applicable DTC procedures), a
notice of redemption to each Holder whose Senior Notes are to be redeemed; provided, however, that
with respect to Definitive Securities only, the Issuers shall mail such notice to Holders by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration
books of the Registrar.



          Any such notice shall identify the Senior Notes to be redeemed and shall state:




     (i) the redemption date and record date;




     (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date as
calculated by the Issuers or an agent or adviser thereof;




     (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;



59









 






     (iv) that Senior Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent
(or if book-entry in accordance with DTC procedures) to collect the redemption price, plus
accrued interest;




     (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate
numbers and principal amounts of the particular Senior Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate
principal amount of Senior Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Senior
Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;




     (vi) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment or the Paying
Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this
Senior Notes Indenture, interest on the Senior Notes (or a portion thereof) called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;




     (vii) the paragraph of the Senior Notes and/or Section of this Senior Notes Indenture
pursuant to which the Senior Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;




     (viii) the CUSIP, ISIN and/or the Common Code, if any, printed on the Senior Notes
being redeemed; and




     (ix) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP,
ISIN and/or the Common Code, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Senior Notes.



          (b) At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’
names and at the Issuers’ expense. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with the
information required by this Section 3.05 at least one Business Day (or as soon as commercially
practicable thereafter) prior to the date such notice is to be provided to Holders and such notice
may not be canceled.



          (c) If any Senior Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates
to that Senior Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. In the
case of a Definitive Registered Senior Note, a new Senior Note in currency and in principal amount
equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Senior Note will be issued in the name of the
noteholder thereof upon cancellation of the original Senior Note. In the case of a Global Senior
Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Senior Note to decrease the principal amount
thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the
applicable redemption notice, Senior Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for
redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Senior Notes or
portions of them called for redemption.



          SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is delivered
in accordance with Section 3.05, the Senior Notes called for redemption become due and payable on
the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, except as provided in the
penultimate sentence of the fourth paragraph in Section 5 of the Senior Notes. Upon surrender to
the Paying Agent, such Senior Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice,
plus accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption date; provided, however, that if the
redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest



60









 




payment date, the
accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Senior Notes registered on the
relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not
affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.




          SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Senior Notes, no
later than 10:00 a.m., New York time, one Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Issuers
shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if either Issuer, BP I or any of its Subsidiaries is the
Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on all of the Senior Notes or portions thereof to be
redeemed on that date, other than Senior Notes or portions of Senior Notes called for
redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Registrar for cancellation. On and
after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Senior Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient
to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and premiums (if any) on, the Senior
Notes to be redeemed. If any Senior Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon
surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with this
Section 3.07, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date
until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Senior Notes and in Section 4.01.



          SECTION 3.08. Senior Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Senior Note that is
redeemed in part:




     (a) in the case of a Definitive Security, upon cancellation of the Senior Note
surrendered, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or an authentication agent shall
authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers’ expense) a new Senior Note equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of the Senior Note surrendered in the name of such Holder;
and




     (b) in the case of a Global Security, the Registrar shall make an appropriate notation
on such Senior Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the
unredeemed portion thereof.



          SECTION 3.09. Special Mandatory Redemption.



          (a) In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement, if (i) the Pactiv
Acquisition Document is terminated or (ii) the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or prior to
(x) March 16, 2011, the termination date of the Pactiv Acquisition Document, or (y) June 16, 2011,
if (A) such termination date has been extended to June 16, 2011 in accordance with the terms of the
Pactiv Acquisition Document and (B) the Escrow Issuers have deposited or caused to be deposited
cash and/or cash equivalents into the Escrow Accounts such that the then total funds deposited in
the Escrow Accounts (without giving effect to any income on such funds) is equal to the aggregate
Escrow Redemption Price assuming the Escrow Redemption Date is June 16, 2011, the Escrow Issuers
shall redeem all and not less than all of the Senior Secured Notes at the Escrow Redemption Price
on such Escrow Redemption Date, with notice of such redemption to be provided to Holders as of such
Escrow Redemption Date as described in Section 3.09(b) below; provided, however, that for purposes
of this Section 3.09, the



61









 




Escrow Issuers shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 3.07
hereof. Such redemption (the “Special Mandatory Redemption”) shall be made in accordance with the
terms of the Escrow Agreement.




          (b) Upon the receipt by the Trustee of a written notice of the Special Mandatory Redemption
(the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) pursuant to Section 3(g) of the Escrow Agreement, the
Trustee shall deliver by electronic transmission or first class mail the Special Mandatory
Redemption Notice to each Holder. For Global Senior Securities which are held on behalf of DTC,
the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice may be given to DTC for communication to entitled
accountholders in substitution for the aforesaid notice.



          (c) Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Senior Notes shall be paid at the Escrow
Redemption Price stated in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice.



          (d) Failure to redeem the Senior Notes when required pursuant to this Section 3.09 will
constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes.



ARTICLE IV




Covenants



          SECTION 4.01. Payment of Senior Notes. The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal
of and interest on the Senior Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Senior Notes and
in this Senior Notes Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered
paid on the date due if on the Business Day prior to such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent
holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York time money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such
principal or interest due for payment on the following Business Day, and the Trustee or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date
pursuant to the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture.



          The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the
Senior Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne
by the Senior Notes to the extent lawful.



          Wherever in the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee there is
mentioned, in any context:




     (1) the payment of principal,




     (2) redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or
purchase of Senior Notes,




     (3) interest, or




     (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Senior Notes or
any Senior Note Guarantee,



62









 






               such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as set forth in
Section 4.15 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable
in respect thereof.



               SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. (a) Notwithstanding that RGHL or the
Issuers may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and
quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, RGHL (and the
Issuers) will file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders of the Senior Notes with
copies thereof, without cost to each holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC):




     (i) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, annual reports
on Form 20-F (or any successor or comparable form applicable to RGHL or the Issuers within
the time period for non-accelerated filers to the extent such term is applicable to such
form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such
successor or comparable form); provided, however, that, prior to the filing of the Senior
Notes Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Senior Notes Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be, such report shall not be required to contain any
certification required by any such form or by law;




     (ii) within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, other than the fourth fiscal
quarter of any year, the information that would be required by a report on Form 10-Q (or any
successor or comparable form applicable to RGHL or the Issuers) (which information, if RGHL
and the Issuers are not required to file reports on Form 10-Q, will be filed on Form 6-K (or
any successor or comparable form applicable to RGHL or the Issuers)); provided, however,
that prior to the filing of the Senior Notes Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the
Senior Notes Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, such report shall not be
required to contain any certification required by any such form or by law; and




     (iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be
reported on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form applicable to RGHL or the
Issuers), the information that would be required by a Form 8-K (or any successor or
comparable form applicable to RGHL or the Issuers) (which information, if RGHL and the
Issuers are not required to file reports on Form 8-K will be filed on Form 6-K (or any
successor or comparable form applicable to RGHL or the Issuers));




provided, however, that RGHL (and the Issuers) shall not be so obligated to file such
reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event RGHL (or the
Issuers) will post the reports specified in the first sentence of this paragraph on its
website within the time periods that would apply if RGHL were required to file those reports
with the SEC. In addition, RGHL will make available such information to prospective
purchasers of Senior Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the
holders of the Senior Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time RGHL would be
required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, RGHL and the



63









 






Issuers may satisfy the
foregoing reporting requirements (i) prior to the filing with the SEC of the Senior Notes
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or if the Senior Notes Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is not filed within the applicable time limits pursuant to the Senior Notes
Registration Rights Agreement, the Senior Notes Shelf Registration Statement, by providing
the Trustee and the noteholders with (x) substantially the same information as would be
required to be filed with the SEC by RGHL and the Issuers on Form 20-F (or any successor or
comparable form applicable to RGHL or the Issuers) if they were subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act within 90 days after the end of the
applicable fiscal year and (y) substantially the same information as would be required to be
filed with the SEC by RGHL and the Issuers on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form
applicable to RGHL or the Issuers) if they were subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act within 60 days after the end of the applicable fiscal quarter and
(ii) after filing with the SEC the Senior Notes Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or if
the Senior Notes Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed within the applicable
time limits pursuant to the Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Senior Notes
Shelf Registration Statement, but prior to the effectiveness of the Senior Notes Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or Senior Notes Shelf Registration Statement, by publicly
filing with the SEC the Senior Notes Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Senior Notes
Shelf Registration Statement, to the extent any such registration statement contains
substantially the same information as would be required to be filed by RGHL and the Issuers
if they were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, and by providing the Trustee and the noteholders with such registration statement (and
amendments thereto) promptly following the filing with the SEC thereof.



               (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.02(a), the annual reports, information,
documents and other reports filed with the SEC will include all of the information, with respect to
the financial condition and results of operations of BP I and BP II on a combined basis separate
from the financial condition and results of operations from RGHL on a consolidated basis, that
RGHL, BP I and BP II are required, as of the Issue Date, to include in information, documents and
other reports made available pursuant to the 2009 Indenture (such information, the “Required
Financial Information”). If, at any time after the Issue Date, RGHL’s, BP I’s or BP II’s
obligations to provide the Required Financial Information shall cease to be in full force and
effect, RGHL, BP I and BP II shall make available to the Trustee and the noteholders information
substantially equivalent to the Required Financial Information as if their obligations to provide
such information under the 2009 Indenture remained in full force and effect.



               (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.02(a) and (b), RGHL will be deemed to have
furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the holders of the Senior Notes if RGHL
has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly
available.



               (d) So long as any of the Senior Notes remain outstanding and during any period during which
BP I or the Issuers are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise
permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g 3-2(b) of the



64









 




Exchange
Act, each Issuer will make available to the holders of the Senior Notes and to prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered by Rule 144A(d)(4) under
the Securities Act.




          SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock. (a) (i) Each of BP I and BP II will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) each of BP I and BP II will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Senior Note Guarantor) to issue any shares of
Preferred Stock; provided, however, that BP I and BP II may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of
Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of BP I and BP II on a combined basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which combined internal financial statements of BP I and BP II are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on
a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the
additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning
of such four-quarter period; provided that the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred and
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not the Issuers or Senior Note Guarantors shall not exceed $20.0 million at
any one time outstanding.



          (b) The foregoing limitations will not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):




     (i) the Incurrence by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under
(A) the Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’
acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have
a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed (1) $3,855 million of term loan facilities, plus (2) €250 million of term loan
facilities, plus (C) $120 million of revolving credit facilities and ancillary facilities
that relate to revolving credit facilities, plus (D) €80 million of revolving credit
facilities and ancillary facilities that relate to revolving credit facilities and (B) Local
Facility Agreements in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €80.0 million;




     (ii) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Senior Note Guarantors of Indebtedness
represented by the Senior Notes (not including any Additional Senior Notes) and the Senior
Note Guarantees;




     (iii) (A) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in
clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)) and (B) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the
Senior Secured Note Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Secured Notes (not
including any additional Senior Secured Notes) and the Senior Secured Note Guarantees;



65









 






     (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by BP I, BP II or
any Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified Stock issued by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries to finance (whether
prior to or within 270 days after) the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of
property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or
the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, refinance or defease any
of the foregoing; provided that the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness outstanding
pursuant to this clause (iv) shall not at any time exceed 2.0% of Total Assets;




     (v) Indebtedness Incurred by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries constituting
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in
the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in
respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees
or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or
self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to
the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental
authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding
workers’ compensation claims;




     (vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, Incurred in connection with the Transactions or any other acquisition or disposition
of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of BP I or BP II in accordance with the terms of
this Senior Notes Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of
financing such acquisition;




     (vii) Indebtedness of BP I or BP II to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, except
in respect of intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business
in connection with the cash management operations of BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not one of the
Issuers or a Senior Note Guarantor shall within 90 days of the Issue Date, to the extent
legally permitted, be subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuers
under the Senior Notes or the obligations of BP I under its Senior Note Guarantee, as
applicable; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any
Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except
to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a
Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not
permitted by this clause (vii);




     (viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to BP I, BP II or a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital
Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares
of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or
any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to BP I, BP II



66









 




or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of
Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii);





     (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to BP I, BP II or another Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that except in respect of intercompany current liabilities incurred in
the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of BP I,
BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries, if a Senior Note Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness
to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not one of the Issuers or a Senior Note Guarantor, such
Indebtedness shall within 90 days of the Issue Date, to the extent legally permitted, be
subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Note Guarantee of such Senior Note Guarantor;
provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other
event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such
Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of
any such Indebtedness (except to BP I, BP II or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge
of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an
Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix);




     (x) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred not for speculative purposes but (A) for the
purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is
permitted by the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture to be outstanding; (B) for the purpose
of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or
(C) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity
purchases or sales;




     (xi) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion
guarantees provided by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice;




     (xii) (A) any guarantee by BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or
other obligations of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of
such Indebtedness Incurred by BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary was not in violation
of the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture or (B) Indebtedness of BP I, BP II or any
Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien permitted to be granted or to subsist
pursuant to Section 4.12 and so long as the Indebtedness secured by such Lien was not
incurred in violation of this Senior Notes Indenture;




     (xiii) the Incurrence by BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, in either case, that
serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) or clauses (ii), (iii), (xiii) and
(xiv) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay
premiums (including tender premium), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith
(subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective
maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness will be Refinancing
Indebtedness if and to the extent it:



67









 






     (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such
Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is not less than the shorter of
(1) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased
and (2) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all
payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date one
year following the last maturity date of any Senior Notes then outstanding
were instead due on such date one year following the last date of maturity
of the Senior Notes (provided that any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in
reliance on this subclause (A)(2) does not
provide for any scheduled principal payments prior to the maturity date
of the Senior Notes in excess of, or prior to, the scheduled principal
payments due prior to such maturity for the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced or defeased);




     (B) has a Stated Maturity that is not earlier than the earlier of (1)
the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or
defeased or (2) 91 days following the maturity date of the Senior Notes;




     (C) refinances (1) Indebtedness junior to the Senior Notes or any
Senior Note Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Senior
Notes or the Senior Note Guarantee of such Senior Note Guarantor, as
applicable, or (2) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing
Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; and




     (D) does not include (1) Indebtedness of BP I, BP II or a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not one of the Issuers or a Senior Note Guarantor that
refinances, refunds or defeases Indebtedness of BP I, BP II, any Issuer or
any Senior Note Guarantor, or (2) Indebtedness of BP I, BP II or a
Restricted Subsidiary that refinances, refunds or defeases Indebtedness of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary;




     (xiv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (A) BP I, BP II or a
Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance an acquisition, merger, consolidation or
amalgamation or (B) Persons that constitutes Acquired Indebtedness; provided, however, that
after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation, BP I or BP
II would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of Section 4.03(a) or the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of BP I and BP II on a combined basis would be greater than
immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation;




     (xv) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables
Financing that is not with recourse to BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a
Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);



68









 






     (xvi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business
Days of its Incurrence;




     (xvii) Indebtedness of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter
of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount
not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;




     (xviii) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or other similar arrangements
to employees and directors of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the
ordinary course of business or in connection with the Transactions (including as a result of
the cancellation or vesting of outstanding options and other
equity-based awards in connection therewith), an acquisition or any other Permitted
Investment;




     (xix) Indebtedness of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (A) the
financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply
arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;




     (xx) Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing Guarantees of Indebtedness of,
joint ventures of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess, at any one time
outstanding, of 0.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;




     (xxi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary
and Preferred Stock of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted
hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated
with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi), does
not exceed 4.25% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (subject to Section 4.03(c), it
being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xxi) shall cease to be
deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xxi) but shall be deemed
Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which BP I, BP II
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness
under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xxi));




     (xxii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary
and Preferred Stock of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted
hereunder and Refinancing Indebtedness thereof in an aggregate principal amount or
liquidation preference not exceeding at any one time outstanding 200.0% of the net cash
proceeds received by BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the
Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of
BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent entity of BP I or BP II (which proceeds are
contributed to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of
BP I or BP II (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity
Interests to, or contributions received from, BP I, BP II or any of their respective
Subsidiaries and other than in connection with the Transactions) as



69









 






determined in accordance
with clauses (2) and (3) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit” to the extent such net
cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted
Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.04(b) or
to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and
(3) of the definition thereof);




     (xxiii) Indebtedness arising as a result of implementing composite accounting or other
cash pooling arrangements involving solely BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries or
solely among Restricted Subsidiaries and entered into in the ordinary course of business and
netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements among BP I, BP II, any Restricted
Subsidiary and a bank arising under standard business terms of such bank at which BP I, BP
II or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar
arrangement;




     (xxiv) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by BP I, BP II or a Restricted
Subsidiary to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or
indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case
to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of BP I, BP II or any of their
direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv);




     (xxv) Indebtedness of BP I or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of
obligations (including guarantees thereof) to repurchase equipment sold to customers or
third party leasing companies pursuant to the terms of sale of such equipment in the
ordinary course of business;




     (xxvi) without limiting Section 4.03(b)(i), Indebtedness under local overdraft and
other local working capital facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €125.0
million; and




     (xxvii) Indebtedness in the form of deferred payment obligations under any arrangement
permitted by Section 4.04(b)(xii).




     Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Issuers and any Senior Note Guarantors will
Incur any Indebtedness as any Permitted Debt if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or
indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Indebtedness of such Issuer or any Senior Note
Guarantor unless such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Senior Notes or the
applicable Senior Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Subordinated
Indebtedness.



          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03:




     (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
(or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted
Indebtedness described in clauses 4.03(b)(i) through (xxvii) or is entitled to be Incurred
pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, classify or
reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this
Section 4.03; provided, however, that (A) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement



70









 





outstanding on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section
4.03(b)(i)(A) and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of
such Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date and (y)
Indebtedness Incurred as incremental term loan borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities on the Escrow Release Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(i) and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion
of such Indebtedness and (z) the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any
portion of any Secured Indebtedness Incurred as Permitted Debt unless at the time of such
reclassification the Issuers could secure such Secured Indebtedness pursuant to clause (6)
of the definition of “Permitted Liens;” and





     (ii) the Issuers will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in
more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.03(a) and (b) above,
and in that connection shall be entitled to treat a portion of such Indebtedness as
having been Incurred under Section 4.03(a) and thereafter the remainder of such Indebtedness
having been Incurred under Section 4.03(b).



          (d) Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or
dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as
applicable, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the
amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of
currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of
credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular
amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness;
provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit,
as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03.



          (e) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, (i) the Euro Equivalent of
the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on
the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the
case of term Indebtedness, or first drawn, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving
credit facility; provided that (a) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness
denominated in a currency other than euro, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
euro-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in
effect on the date of such refinancing, such euro-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed
the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced; (b) the Euro Equivalent of the
principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based
on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date; and (c) if any such
Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to the currency in which such
Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Indebtedness,
the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and premium, if any, shall be determined after
giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency Agreements and (ii) the US
Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be
calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or



71









 




first drawn, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred
under a revolving credit facility; provided that (a) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance
other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than US Dollars, and such refinancing would
cause the applicable US Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant
currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such US Dollar-denominated
restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being
refinanced; (b) the US Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of any such Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in
effect on the Issue Date; and (c) if any such Indebtedness is subject to a Currency Agreement with
respect to the currency in which such Indebtedness is denominated covering principal, premium, if
any, and interest on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness and such interest and
premium, if any, shall be
determined after giving effect to all payments in respect thereof under such Currency
Agreements.




          (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section
4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a
result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any
Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the
Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable
to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the
date of such refinancing.



          (g) For all purposes of this Senior Notes Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness will not be
treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2)
Senior Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness
merely because it has junior priority with respect to the same collateral, (3) Indebtedness of such
Person which is not guaranteed will not be treated as subordinated or junior to Indebtedness that
is guaranteed merely because of such guarantee and (4) Indebtedness under any Secured Indebtedness
will not be deemed to be subordinated because of the application of waterfall or other
payment-ordering or collateral-sharing provisions affecting any such Secured Indebtedness.



          SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) BP I and BP II will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:




     (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of BP I’s, BP II’s
or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests or pay any amounts in respect of
Subordinated Shareholder Funding, including any payment made in connection with any merger,
amalgamation or consolidation involving BP I or BP II (other than (A) dividends or
distributions by BP I or BP II payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of BP I or BP II or in Subordinated Shareholder Funding of BP I or BP II; (B)
dividends or distributions payable to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary or (C) in the
case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of
securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, such dividends or distributions paid to minority shareholders; provided that



72









 




BP
I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or
distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities
(except to the extent non-pro rata payments of such dividends or distributions are required
by law or under the terms of any agreement in effect on the Issue Date);





     (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of BP I, BP
II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, in each case held by Persons other
than BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary;




     (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled
maturity, any Subordinated Shareholder Funding, any Subordinated Indebtedness (including the
2007 Senior Subordinated Notes) of BP I, BP II, the Issuers or any Senior
Note Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition
or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness (including the 2007 Senior Subordinated
Notes) in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or
final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) any Subordinated Indebtedness
between any of BP I, BP II and any Restricted Subsidiary or between any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries); or




     (iv) make any Restricted Investment,


(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:





     (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a
consequence thereof;




     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis,
BP I or BP II could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of
Section 4.03(a); and




     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the RP
Reference Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (i), (iv) (only to the extent of one-half of the amounts paid
pursuant to such clause), (vi) and (viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all
other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount
equal to the Cumulative Credit.



          (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) will not prohibit:




     (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the
provisions of this Senior Notes Indenture;



73









 






     (ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity
Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness (including the 2007 Senior
Subordinated Notes) or Subordinated Shareholder Funding of BP I, BP II, any direct or
indirect parent of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the
proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests or Subordinated
Shareholder Funding of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II or
contributions to the equity capital of BP I or BP II (other than any Disqualified Stock or
any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of BP I or BP II) (collectively, including any
such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”), and (B) the declaration and payment of
dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale (other than to a Subsidiary of BP I or BP II) of Refunding Capital Stock;




     (iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Indebtedness (including the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes) of BP I, BP II or
any Senior Note Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of BP I, BP II or a Senior Note Guarantor which is
Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:




     (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if
applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest and premiums (if any), of
the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased,
acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be
paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated
Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender
premiums, and any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection
therewith);




     (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Notes or the
related Senior Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same
extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed,
repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value;




     (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or
later than the earlier of (1) the final scheduled maturity date of the
Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired
or retired or (2) 91 days following the maturity date of the Senior Notes;
and




     (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the
time Incurred that is not less than the shorter of (1) the remaining
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so
redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (2) the Weighted
Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on
the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased,
acquired or retired that were due on or after the date one year



74









 






following
the last maturity date of any Senior Notes then outstanding were instead due
on such date one year following the last date of maturity of the Senior
Notes (provided that in the case of this subclause (D)(2), such Indebtedness
does not provide for any scheduled principal payments prior to the maturity
date of the Senior Notes in excess of, or prior to, the scheduled principal
payments due prior to such maturity for the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced or defeased);




     (iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the purchase, repurchase, retirement, defeasance,
redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of BP I, BP II or any direct
or indirect parent of BP I or BP II held by any future, present or former employee, director
or consultant of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or
 BP II or any Subsidiary of BP I or BP II pursuant to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or
arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this
clause (iv) do not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any
calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years
subject to a maximum payment (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $10.0
million in any calendar year); provided further, however, that such amount in any calendar
year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:




     (A) the cash proceeds received by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II (to
the extent contributed to BP I or BP II) to members of management, directors
or consultants of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct
or indirect parent of BP I or BP II that occurs after the Reference Date
(provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such
repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the
amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (2) of the definition
of Cumulative Credit); plus




     (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by BP
I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II (to the extent
contributed to BP I or BP II) or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the
Reference Date;




provided that the Issuers may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase
contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year;




     (v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class
or series of Disqualified Stock of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or
Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;




     (vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any
class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued



75









 




after
the Reference Date, (B) a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP
II, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any
class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct
or indirect parent of BP I or BP II issued after the Reference Date and (C) the declaration
and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the
dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 4.04(b);
provided, however, that, (1) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of
such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital
Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of
dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, BP I and BP II would have had a Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 on a combined basis and (2) the aggregate
amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to subclauses
(A) and (B) of this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received
by BP I and BP II from any such sale or issuance of Designated Preferred Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) issued after the Reference Date or contributed by Subordinated
Shareholder Funding to BP I or BP II after the Reference Date;





     (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value,
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at
that time outstanding, not to exceed 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value);




     (viii) the payment of dividends on BP I’s or BP II’s ordinary shares (or a Restricted
Payment to any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II to fund the payment by such direct
or indirect parent of BP I or BP II of dividends on such entity’s ordinary shares) of up to
6% per annum of the net proceeds received by BP I or BP II from any public offering of
ordinary shares of BP I or BP II or any of their direct or indirect parents;




     (ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;




     (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed €50.0 million at the
time made;




     (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;




     (xii) Restricted Payments (A) to any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II in
amounts required for such parent to pay national, state or local income taxes (as the case
may be) imposed directly on such parent to the extent such income taxes are attributable to
the income of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by
virtue of such parent being the common parent of a consolidated or combined tax group of
which BP I, BP II or the Restricted Subsidiaries are members) or (B) to RGHL or any of its
Affiliates relating to the transfer or surrender, in each case on



76









 





arm’s-length terms, of any
tax losses or other tax assets that can be used by BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary;





     (xiii) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts or the making of
loans or advances or any other Restricted Payment, if applicable:




     (A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP
II, if applicable, to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar
taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus
and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of,
officers, directors and employees of any direct or indirect parent of BP I
or BP II, if applicable, and general corporate operating and overhead
expenses (including, without limitation, compliance and reporting expenses)
of any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, if
applicable, in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are
attributable to the ownership or operation of BP I or BP II, if applicable,
and their respective Subsidiaries; provided that for so long as such direct
or indirect parent owns no material assets other than Equity Interests in BP
I or BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II, such fees and
expenses shall be deemed for purposes of this clause (xiii)(A) to be
attributable to such ownership or operation;




     (B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP
II, if applicable, to pay interest and principal on Indebtedness the
proceeds of which have been contributed to BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered
Indebtedness of, BP I or BP II Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; and




     (C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP
II to pay fees and expenses, other than to Affiliates of BP I or BP II,
related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent.




     (xiv) Restricted Payments used to fund the Transactions, the 2009 Post-Closing
Reorganization and the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
Transactions and the 2009 Post-Closing Reorganization (including as a result of the
cancellation or vesting of outstanding options and other equity-based awards in connection
therewith) as described in the Offering Circular (including payments made pursuant to the
Acquisition Documents, the Reynolds Acquisition Documents, the Evergreen Acquisition
Documents, the Pactiv Acquisition Document or the Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition Document,
whether payable on the Issue Date or thereafter) or owed by BP I or BP II or any direct or
indirect parent of BP I or BP II, as the case may be, or any Restricted Subsidiary to
Affiliates for services rendered or goods sold, in each case to the extent permitted by
Section 4.07;



77









 






     (xv) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or
warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options
or warrants;




     (xvi) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of
Receivables Fees;




     (xvii) payments of cash, or dividends, distributions, advances or other Restricted
Payments by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of
the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the
conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;




     (xviii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Subordinated Indebtedness constituting Acquired Indebtedness or any other Subordinated
Indebtedness (including the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes) pursuant to
the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that
all Senior Notes tendered by holders of the Senior Notes in connection with a Change of
Control or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for
value in accordance with the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture;




     (xix) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law
or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or
Substantially All of the assets of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such consolidation,
amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuers shall have made a Change of Control
Offer (if required by this Senior Notes Indenture) and that all Senior Notes tendered by
holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or
acquired for value; and




     (xx) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed an aggregate of €25.0 million made
with the proceeds of the sale of Non-Strategic Land in accordance with Section 4.06;


provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to any Restricted Payment permitted
under clauses (x), (xi) and (xx) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.




          (c) The Escrow Issuers will be Unrestricted Subsidiaries. As of the Escrow Release Date, BP
II will not have any Subsidiaries and all of BP I’s Subsidiaries, including the Issuers, will be
Restricted Subsidiaries. BP I and BP II will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a
Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes
of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments
by BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the
last sentence of the definition of “Investments”. Such designation will only be



78









 




permitted if a
Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise
meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.




          SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. (a)
BP I and BP II will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:




     (i) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (B) pay any Indebtedness owed to BP I, BP
II or any Restricted Subsidiaries;




     (ii) make loans or advances to BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries; or




     (iii) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to BP I, BP II or any
Restricted Subsidiaries;


except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:





     (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date,
including pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Local Facilities, local
overdraft and other local working capital facilities, the Senior Secured Notes
Indenture, the May 2010 Indenture, the 2009 Indenture, the 2007 Senior Notes
Indenture, the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, the 2007 Intercreditor
Agreement, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Senior Secured Notes Security
Documents, the 2009 Security Documents and the 2007 Notes Security Documents;




     (2) this Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes (and Senior Note Guarantees
thereof), any Currency Agreement, any agreement or instrument creating a Hedging
Obligation and any other intercreditor agreements;




     (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;




     (4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by BP I, BP II or
any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition
(but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the
funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance
or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the
Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;




     (5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction
with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered
into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;



79









 






     (6) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted
Investment;




     (7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by regulatory
authorities (including with respect to tax obligations and value-added taxes), in
connection with deductions made for tax, pension, national insurance and other
similar purposes or for the benefit of customers under contracts entered into in the
ordinary course of business;




     (8) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, similar agreements
relating solely to such joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in
the ordinary course of business;




     (9) Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business;




     (10) customary provisions contained in leases (other than financing or similar
leases), licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course
of business;




     (11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such
restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary;




     (12) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or
instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the
Issue Date by Section 4.03 of the Senior Notes Indenture (A) if the encumbrances and
restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not
materially less favorable to the holders of the Senior Notes than the encumbrances
and restrictions contained in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities as of the Issue
Date (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) or (B) if such encumbrance or
restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the Senior
Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the
Issuers) and either (x) the Issuers determine that such encumbrance or restriction
will not materially affect the Issuers’ ability to make principal or interest
payments on the Senior Notes as and when they come due or (y) such encumbrance or
restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial
covenant relating to such Indebtedness;




     (13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clause (iii)
of Section 4.05(a) above existing by reason of any Lien permitted under Section
4.12;




     (14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) of Section 4.05(a) above imposed by any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1)
through (13) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements,



80









 






renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in
the good faith judgment of the Issuers, no more restrictive with respect to such
dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or
other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement,
renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and




     (15) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers
under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.



          (b) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any
Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on ordinary shares shall not be deemed a restriction on the
ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of (or remedy bars in
respect of) loans or advances made to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness
Incurred by BP I, BP II or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on
the ability to make loans or advances.



          SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. (a) BP I and BP II will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least
equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at least 75% of
the consideration therefor received by BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that for purposes of clause (y) the amount of:




     (i) any liabilities (as shown on BP I’s, BP II’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most
recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Senior Notes or any
Senior Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,




     (ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by BP I, BP
II or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by BP I, BP II or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent
of the cash received), and




     (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with
all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at
that time outstanding, not to exceed 1.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of
such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value),




     (iv) shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).



          (b) Within 12 months after BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net
Proceeds of any Asset Sale, BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds
from such Asset Sale, at its option:



81









 






     (i) to repay (A) Obligations constituting Secured Indebtedness (and, if such
Indebtedness repaid is under a revolving credit facility, to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto), (B) Obligations constituting Senior Indebtedness (other
than Secured Indebtedness) (and, if such Indebtedness repaid is under a revolving credit
facility, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided, however,
that if any such Senior Indebtedness described in this clause (B) other than the Senior
Notes are repaid with the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuers will equally and
ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Notes through open-market purchases (provided
that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an
offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all
holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount
of Senior Notes or (C) Obligations constituting Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary of BP I that is not an Issuer or a Senior Note Guarantor, in the
case of each of clauses (A), (B) and (C), other than Indebtedness owed to RGHL or its
Affiliates;




     (ii) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such
investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition
results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of BP I if it is not already a
Restricted Subsidiary of BP I), assets, or property or capital expenditures (including
refurbishments), in each case used or useful in a Similar Business; or




     (iii) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such
investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition
results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of BP I), properties or assets that
replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale.



     In the case of Sections 4.06(b)(ii) and (iii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a
permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that in the
event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net
Proceeds are so applied, BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding
commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within nine months of such cancellation or termination of the
prior binding commitment; provided, further, that BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary may
only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each
Asset Sale.



     Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, BP I, BP II or such Restricted
Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Senior Notes Indenture.
Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period
set forth in the immediately two preceding paragraphs (it being understood that any portion of such
Net Proceeds used to make an offer to purchase Senior Notes, as described in clause (i) of this
Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will
be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
€20.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all holders of Senior Notes (and, at the option
of the Issuers, to holders of any Senior Indebtedness of an Issuer or



82









 




Senior Note Guarantor or any
other Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of BP I that is not an Obligor) (an “Asset Sale
Offer”) to purchase on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of Senior Notes (and such
Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness), that is at least $100,000 and an integral multiple of
$1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Senior Indebtedness or other
Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value
thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such
Senior Indebtedness or other Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the
terms of such Senior Indebtedness or other Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such
offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Senior Notes Indenture. The Issuers
will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days
after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed €20.0 million by mailing (or otherwise delivering in
accordance with applicable DTC procedures) the notice
required pursuant to the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To
the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Notes (and such Senior Indebtedness or other
Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, BP I, BP
II or such Restricted Subsidiary may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate
purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (and such Senior Indebtedness or other
Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
shall select the Senior Notes to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of
any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. An Asset Sale
Offer need not be made by the Issuers until the date that is 12 months after the date on which an
Asset Sale is made, the proceeds of which, in aggregate with all funds not applied in accordance
with Section 4.06 or the subject of an Asset Sale Offer, exceed €20.0 million.




          (c) The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Senior Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the
Senior Notes Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations
and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Senior Notes Indenture
by virtue thereof.



          (d) If more Senior Notes (and such Senior Indebtedness or other Indebtedness) are tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such Senior
Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, to the extent practicable and
in compliance with the requirements of DTC and any stock exchange on which the Senior Notes are
then admitted to trading; provided that no Senior Notes of $100,000 or less shall be purchased in
part. Selection of such Senior Indebtedness or other Indebtedness will be made pursuant to the
terms of such Senior Indebtedness or other Indebtedness.



          (e) An Asset Sale Offer insofar as it relates to the Senior Notes, will remain open for a
period of not less than 20 Business Days following its commencement (the “Offer Period”). No later
than five Business Days after the termination of the applicable Offer Period the Issuers will
purchase the principal amount of the Senior Notes (and purchase or repay any relevant Senior
 Indebtedness or other Indebtedness required to be so purchased or repaid as set out above) validly
tendered.




83









 






          (f) To the extent that any portion of the Net Proceeds payable in respect of the Senior Notes
is denominated in a currency other than the currency in which the relevant Senior Notes are
denominated, the amount payable in respect of such Senior Notes shall not exceed the net amount of
funds in the currency in which such Senior Notes are denominated as is actually received by BP I,
BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary upon converting the relevant portion of the Net Proceeds into
such currency.



          (g) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid (or
otherwise delivered in accordance with applicable DTC procedures) at least 30 but not more than 60
days before the purchase date to each holder of Senior Notes at such holder’s registered address.
If any Senior Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that
relates to such Senior Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has
been or is to be purchased.



          (h) The Issuers’ obligation under this Section 4.06 to make an Asset Sale Offer may be waived
or modified with the consent of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes.



          SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) BP I and BP II will not, and will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Issuers (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:




     (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to BP
I, BP II or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person; and




     (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30.0 million, BP I or BP II
delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of
Directors of BP I or BP II, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i)
above.



          (b) An Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the approval requirements set
forth in clause (a) if (1) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the
Disinterested Directors or (2) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, a fairness
opinion is provided by an Independent Financial Advisor with respect to such Affiliate Transaction.



          (c) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:



84









 






     (i) transactions between or among BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries (or an
entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) or between or
among Restricted Subsidiaries or any Receivables Subsidiary and any merger, consolidation or
amalgamation of BP I, BP II and any direct parent of BP I or BP II; provided that such
parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash
Equivalents and the Capital Stock of BP I and BP II and such merger, consolidation or
amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture and
effected for a bona fide business purpose;




     (ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments;




     (iii) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such
agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and
advisory fees to Rank in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed 1.5% of
EBITDA of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding
fiscal year, plus out-of-pocket expense reimbursement;




     (iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid
to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of BP
I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of BP I or BP II;




     (v) payments by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries to Rank made for any
financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other
investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with the
Transactions, acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (A) made pursuant to the
agreements with Rank described in the Offering Circular under the caption “Shareholders and
Related Party Transactions” or (B) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of BP I
or BP II in good faith;




     (vi) transactions in which BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may
be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such
transaction is fair to BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);




     (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to directors, employees or
consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II in
good faith;




     (viii) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so
long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not
more disadvantageous to the holders of the Senior Notes in any material respect than the
original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby
as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II;




     (ix) the existence of, or the performance by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries
of its obligations under the terms of, the Acquisition Documents, the Reynolds Acquisition
Documents, the Evergreen Acquisition Documents, the Pactiv Acquisition



85









 




Document, the
Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition Document, the Credit Agreement Documents, the First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement, the 2007 Intercreditor Agreement, any other intercreditor
agreements, any shareholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or
purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date or any other
agreement or arrangement in existence on the Issue Date or described in the Offering
Circular and, in each case, any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or
arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of,
or the performance by BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under,
any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any
similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only
be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such existing
transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a
whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more
disadvantageous to the holders of the Senior Notes in any material respect than the
original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date;





     (x) the execution of the Transactions, the 2009 Post-Closing Reorganization and the
payment of all fees and expenses, bonuses and awards related to the Transactions, including
fees to Rank, that are described in the Offering Circular or contemplated by the Acquisition
Documents, the Reynolds Acquisition Documents, the Evergreen Acquisition Documents, the
Pactiv Acquisition Document, the Reynolds Foodservice Acquisition Document or by any of the
other documents related to the Transactions;




     (xi) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of
goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or
services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with
the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, which are fair to BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior
management of BP I or BP II, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have
been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint
ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;




     (xii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing or a
Financing Disposition;




     (xiii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of BP I or BP
II or Subordinated Shareholder Funding to any Person;




     (xiv) the issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash,
securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding or entering into of employment
arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans
approved by the Board of Directors of BP I or BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP I
or BP II or of a Restricted Subsidiary of BP I or BP II, as appropriate;




     (xv) the entering into and performance of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and
any payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)(xii);



86









 






     (xvi) any contribution to the capital of BP I or BP II;




     (xvii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01;




     (xviii) transactions between BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person,
a director of which is also a director of BP I, BP II or any direct or indirect parent of BP
I or BP II; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of BP
I, BP II or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such
other Person;




     (xix) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;




     (xx) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated or combined group or subgroup
for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of
business;




     (xxi) any employment agreements entered into by BP I, BP II or any Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and




     (xxii) intercompany transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a
responsible financial or accounting officer of BP I or BP II in an Officers’ Certificate)
for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of BP I, BP II and their
respective Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in
this Senior Notes Indenture.



          SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,
each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such
holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest and premiums, if any, to the date of
repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuers have
previously elected to redeem all of the Senior Notes as described under Article III of this Senior
Notes Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of any Bank
Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Senior Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08,
then prior to the mailing (or delivery) of the notice to holders provided for in Section 4.08(c),
but in any event within 45 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall: (i) repay in
full all such Bank Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Senior Notes, offer to
repay in full all such Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender that has
accepted such offer; or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing such Bank
Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Senior Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(c).



          (b) The Issuers’ failure to comply with such provisions or the provisions of the
immediately following paragraph shall constitute an Event of Default under 6.01(d) and not 6.01(b).



87









 





          (c) Within 45 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuers
have exercised their right to redeem the Senior Notes by delivery of a notice of redemption in
accordance with Article III or all conditions to such redemption have been satisfied or waived, the
Issuers shall mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with applicable DTC procedures) a notice (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:




     (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require
the Issuers to repurchase such holder’s Senior Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to
101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional
interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a
record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of
Control Payment”);




     (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such
Change of Control;




     (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered) (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”);




     (iv) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.08,
that a holder must follow in order to have its Senior Notes purchased; and




     (v) if applicable and such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of
Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control.



          (d) Holders electing to have a Senior Note purchased shall be required to surrender the
Senior Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuers, at the address specified in
the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled
to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not later than one Business Day
prior to the purchase date a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of the Senior Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Senior Note purchased.



          (e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned
upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the
time of making of the Change of Control Offer.



          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers will not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Senior Notes Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made
by the Issuers and purchases all Senior Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change
of Control Offer.



88









 





          (g) On the Change of Control Payment Date, if the Change of Control shall have occurred, the
Issuers will, to the extent lawful:




     (i) accept for payment all Senior Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer;




     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in
respect of all Senior Notes so tendered;




     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
the Senior Notes or portions of the Senior Notes being purchased by the Issuers in the
Change of Control Offer;




     (iv) in the case of Global Senior Securities, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
principal Paying Agent the Global Senior Securities in order to reflect thereon the portion
of such Senior Notes or portions thereof that have been tendered to and purchased by
the Issuers; and




     (v) in the case of Definitive Registered Senior Notes, deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the relevant Registrar for cancellation all Definitive Registered Senior Notes
accepted for purchase by the Issuers.



          (h) The Paying Agent will promptly mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with applicable
DTC procedures) to each holder of Senior Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such
Senior Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book entry) to each holder of Senior Notes a new Senior Note equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new
Senior Note will be in a principal amount that is at least $100,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.



          (i) [Reserved.]



          (j) Senior Notes repurchased by the Issuers or an Affiliate pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will have the status of Senior Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and
canceled at the option of the Issuers. Senior Notes purchased by an unaffiliated third party
pursuant to Section 4.08(h) will have the status of Senior Notes issued and outstanding.



          (k) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e)
of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase
of Senior Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.



          (l) The Issuers’ obligation under this Section 4.08 to make an offer to repurchase the Senior
Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the
holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes.



89









 





          SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. Each Issuer, BP I and BP II shall deliver to
the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of such entity, beginning with the
fiscal year end on December 31, 2010, and, within 14 days of a request by the Trustee, an Officers’
Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as
Officers of an Issuer, BP I or BP II, as applicable, they would normally have knowledge of any
Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If
they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the applicable
entity is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuers also are required to
deliver to the Trustee (i) as soon as any of them become aware of the occurrence of an Event of
Default, written notice of the occurrence of such Event of Default referring to this Senior Notes
Indenture and the Section or Sections under which such Event of Default has occurred and (ii)
within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute
certain Defaults referring to this Senior Notes Indenture and the Section or Sections
under which such Event of Default has occurred, their status and what action BP I, BP II or
any Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.



          SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. The Issuers, BP I or BP II shall execute
and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or
proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Senior Notes Indenture (including upon
request of the Trustee but without affirmative duty to do so).



          SECTION 4.11. Future Senior Note Guarantors. (a) After the Escrow Release Date,
each Restricted Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is an Issuer, a Senior Note Guarantor or a
Receivables Subsidiary) that guarantees, assumes or in any other manner becomes liable with respect
to (x) any Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement or (y) any Public Debt (including any proceeds
loans or other intercompany loans in respect thereof) of BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any Senior Note
Guarantor, in each case, will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant
to which such Restricted Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Senior Notes; provided that
notwithstanding the foregoing:




     (i) each Restricted Subsidiary incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of
Austria shall only be required to enter into its respective Senior Note Guarantee at such
time as it grants its guarantee with respect to the Indebtedness incurred as incremental
term loan borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in connection with the
Pactiv Acquisition;




     (ii) the Thai Guarantor (as defined below) shall only be required to enter into the
Thai Senior Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 4.21(a);




     (iii) to the extent the foregoing obligation is triggered by Indebtedness or Public
Debt existing as of the Escrow Release Date, the relevant Restricted Subsidiary shall only
be required to enter into its respective Senior Note Guarantee at such time as it grants its
guarantee with respect to the Indebtedness incurred as incremental term loan borrowings
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with respect to the Pactiv Acquisition;




     (iv) no Senior Note Guarantee shall be required as a result of any Indebtedness or
guarantee of Indebtedness that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted



90









 






Subsidiary if the Indebtedness or guarantee was not Incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;




     (v) [Reserved.]




     (vi) if such Indebtedness is by its terms expressly subordinated to the Senior Notes or
any Senior Note Guarantee, any such assumption, guarantee or other liability of such
Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to such
Restricted Subsidiary’s Senior Note Guarantee of the Senior Notes at least to the same
extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Notes or any other senior
guarantee;




     (vii) no Senior Note Guarantee shall be required as a result of any guarantee given to
a bank or trust company incorporated in any member state of the European Union as of
the date of this Senior Notes Indenture or any commercial banking institution that is a
member of the US Federal Reserve System (or any branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof), in
each case having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500.0
million, whose debt has a rating, at the time such guarantee was given, of at least A or the
equivalent thereof by S&P and at least A2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, in
connection with the operation of cash management programs established for BP I’s and BP II’s
benefit or that of any Restricted Subsidiary;




     (viii) [Reserved.]




     (ix) no Senior Note Guarantee shall be required from a US Controlled Foreign Subsidiary
or a Financial Assistance Restricted Subsidiary;




     (x) no Senior Note Guarantee shall be required if such Senior Note Guarantee could
reasonably be expected to give rise to or result in (x) personal liability for, or material
risk of personal liability for, the officers, directors or shareholders of BP I, BP II, any
parent of BP I or BP II or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any violation of, or material risk
of violation of, applicable law that cannot be avoided or otherwise prevented through
measures reasonably available to BP I, BP II or any such Restricted Subsidiary, including,
for the avoidance of doubt, “whitewash” or similar procedures or (z) any significant cost,
expense, liability or obligation (including with respect of any Taxes) other than reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses and other than reasonable expenses Incurred in connection with any
governmental or regulatory filings required as a result of, or any measures pursuant to
clause (y) undertaken in connection with, such Senior Note Guarantee, which cannot be
avoided through measures reasonably available to BP I, BP II or any such Restricted
Subsidiary; and




     (xi) each such Senior Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain
defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent
conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose,
capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of
creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.



91









 





          (b) The Senior Note Guarantees shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Section
10.06.



          SECTION 4.12. Liens. (a) BP I and BP II will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien on
any asset or property of BP I, BP II or such Restricted Subsidiary (including Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired thereafter,
or any interest therein or any income, profits or proceeds therefrom securing any Indebtedness (an
“Initial Lien”), except Permitted Liens; provided, however, that any Lien on such property or
assets will be permitted notwithstanding that it is not a Permitted Lien if the Senior Notes and
Senior Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case
of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or the Senior Note Guarantees),
the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.



          (b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will
provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and
discharged (a) upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien, (b) upon the sale or other
disposition of the assets subject to such Initial Lien (or the sale or other disposition of the
Person that owns such assets) in compliance with the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, (c) upon
the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary whose property or assets secure such Initial Lien as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture, (d) following
an Event of Default under this Senior Notes Indenture or an event of default under any other
Indebtedness secured by the collateral securing such Indebtedness, pursuant to an enforcement
action, if required, in accordance with the terms of any applicable intercreditor agreement or (e)
upon the effectiveness of any defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Senior Notes as
specified in this Senior Notes Indenture.



          SECTION 4.13. Foreign Subsidiaries. (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Senior Notes Indenture to the contrary, none of the US Issuers will, directly or indirectly, own or
acquire any Equity Interests in a US Controlled Foreign Subsidiary.



          (b) No Foreign Subsidiary of RGHL shall also be a Subsidiary of a Domestic Subsidiary of RGHL
unless such Domestic Subsidiary is a disregarded entity for US tax purposes; provided, however,
that such limitation shall not apply to (x) any Foreign Subsidiary of RGHL that is a Subsidiary of
SIG Combibloc Inc., Closure Systems International Inc., Closure Systems Mexico Holdings LLC or CSI
Mexico LLC as of the Issue Date, (y) any Foreign Subsidiary of a Domestic Subsidiary at the time
such Domestic Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of RGHL (provided, however, that such Foreign
Subsidiary did not become a Subsidiary of such Domestic Subsidiary in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such Domestic Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary of RGHL) or (z) any Foreign
Subsidiary that is not a US Controlled Foreign Subsidiary.



          SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency. (a) The Issuers, BP I and BP II
shall maintain one or more offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Senior Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the



92









 





Senior Notes and this Senior Notes Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such
required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at
the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02.




          (b) The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Senior Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from
time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission
shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency for
such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Principal
Paying Agent of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.



          (c) The Issuers hereby designate the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its Agent as
such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04.



          SECTION 4.15. Withholding Taxes. (a) All payments made by any Issuer or any Senior
Note Guarantor or any successor in interest to any of the foregoing (each, a “Payor”) on or with
respect to the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee will be made without withholding or
deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless such withholding or deduction is required by law;
provided, however that a Payor, in any case, may withhold from any interest payment made on the
Senior Notes to or for the benefit of any person who is not a “United States person,” as such term
is defined for US federal income tax purposes, US federal withholding tax, and pay such withheld
amounts to the Internal Revenue Service, unless such person provides documentation to such Payor
such that an exemption from US federal withholding tax would apply to such payment if interest on
the Senior Notes were treated as income from sources within the US for US federal income tax
purposes. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or
on behalf of:




     (i) any jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax) from or through which payment
on the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee is made by such Payor, or any political
subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or




     (ii) any other jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision
or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax) in which a Payor that
actually makes a payment on the Senior Notes or its Senior Note Guarantee is organized or
otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax,



          (each of clause (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.15(a), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), will
at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Senior Notes or any Senior Note
Guarantee, including payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, if any, the
Payor will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts




93











 




(the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in
respect of such payments by the noteholders or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such
withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional
Amounts), will not be less than the amounts that would have been received in respect of such
payments on the Senior Notes or the Senior Note Guarantees in the absence of such withholding or
deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account of:





     (1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed or levied but for the
existence of any present or former connection between the relevant noteholder (or
between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of
power over the relevant noteholder, if such noteholder is an estate, nominee, trust,
partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a
business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present
in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection
arising solely from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Senior Note or the
receipt of any payment in respect thereof;




     (2) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed or levied if the holder of
the Senior Note had complied with a reasonable request in writing of the Payor (such
request being made at a time that would enable such holder acting reasonably to
comply with that request) to make a declaration of nonresidence or any other claim
or filing or satisfy any certification, information or reporting requirement for
exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, withholding to which it is entitled
(provided that such declaration of nonresidence or other claim, filing or
requirement is required by the applicable law, treaty, regulation or administrative
practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the
requirement to deduct or withhold all or a part of any such Taxes);




     (3) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, or interest under the Senior Notes or any Senior
Note Guarantee;




     (4) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property
or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;




     (5) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld on a payment
pursuant to the Directive or any law implementing, or introduced in order to conform
to, the Directive;




     (6) except in the case of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
Payor, any Taxes imposed in connection with a Senior Note presented for payment by
or on behalf of a noteholder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid
such Tax by presenting the relevant Senior Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the
European Union; or



94









 









     (7) any combination of the above.



     Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable (x) if the payment could have been made
without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Senior
Note for payment (where presentation is required) within 30 days after the relevant payment was
first made available for payment to the noteholder or (y) where, had the beneficial owner of the
Senior Note been the holder of the Senior Note, such beneficial owner would not have been entitled
to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of any of clauses (1) to (7) inclusive above.



          (b) The Payor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full
amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in
accordance with applicable law. Upon request, the Payor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain
certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from
each relevant taxing authority of each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will
provide such certified copies to the Trustee. If, notwithstanding the efforts of such Payor to
obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, such Payor will provide the Trustee with other
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Holder.



          (c) If any Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts under or with respect to any
payment made on the Senior Notes, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor
will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will
be payable and the amount so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Paying
Agent to pay Additional Amounts to noteholders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation
to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which
case the Payor shall deliver such Officers’ Certificate and such other information as promptly as
practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date, but no less than five (5)
Business Days prior thereto, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC).



          (d) Wherever in the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee
there is mentioned, in any context: (i) the payment of principal, (ii) redemption prices or
purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of Senior Notes, (iii) interest or (iv)
any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Senior Notes or any Senior Note
Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described
under this Section 4.15 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would
be payable in respect thereof.



          (e) The Payor will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes, or any other
excise, property or similar Taxes, charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the
execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of any Senior Notes, this Senior Notes Indenture,
or any other document or instrument in relation thereto (other than a transfer of the Senior Notes)
excluding any such Taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction that is not a
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, and the Payor agrees to indemnify the noteholders and the Trustee for
any such Taxes paid by such noteholders. The foregoing obligations will survive any
termination, defeasance or discharge of this Senior Notes Indenture and will apply mutatis
mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor to a Payor is organized or otherwise



95









 




 considered
to be a resident for Tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency
thereof or therein.




          SECTION 4.16. [Reserved.]



          SECTION 4.17. [Reserved.]



          SECTION 4.18. Amendment of 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes. Except with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes, BP II
and the Obligors will not amend the 2007 Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the notes and
guarantees in respect of the foregoing if such amendment would result in any of the following:




     (a) the principal obligor in respect of the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes not being
either RGHL or BP II;




     (b) (i) except as may be otherwise permitted under Section 4.11, any Restricted
Subsidiary other than a Senior Note Guarantor or an Issuer guaranteeing the 2007 Senior
Subordinated Notes; or




     (c) the terms of the 2007 Senior Subordinated Notes relating to subordination being
materially less favorable overall to the Holders.



          SECTION 4.19. Suspension/Fall-Away of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade
Status. (a) If, on any date following the Escrow Release Date, (i) the Senior Notes have
Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and the Issuers have delivered written notice
of such Investment Grade Ratings to the Trustee, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing
under this Senior Notes Indenture, then, beginning on that day, BP I, BP II and the Restricted
Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11 and Section
5.01(a)(iv) of this Senior Notes Indenture (the “Suspended Covenants”).



          (b) In the event that BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the
Suspended Covenants under this Senior Notes Indenture for any period of time as a result of the
foregoing, and on any subsequent date one or both of the Rating Agencies (a) withdraw their
Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Senior Notes below an Investment
Grade Rating or (b) BP I, BP II or any of their Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a
transaction that would result in a breach of a Suspended Covenant if not so suspended and one or
more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with
any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to
withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Senior Notes below an
Investment Grade Rating, then BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be
subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Senior Notes Indenture. Such covenants will not,
however, be of any effect with regard to the actions of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries
properly taken during the continuance of the covenant suspension and Section 4.04 shall be
interpreted as if it had been in effect since the Reference Date except that no
Default will be deemed to have occurred and will not occur solely by reason of a Restricted
Payment made during the covenant suspension.



96









 





          (c) During the continuance of the covenant suspension, no Restricted Subsidiary may be
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.



          SECTION 4.20. Fiscal Year. Each Issuer at all times will have the same fiscal year
as BP I, BP II and RGHL.



          SECTION 4.21. Certain Country Limitations. (a) Within 30 days after the Escrow
Release Date (or such later date as may be permitted by the Administrative Agent under and as
defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in its sole discretion) SIG Combibloc Ltd.
(Thailand) (the “Thai Guarantor”) shall apply to the Bank of Thailand for, and use commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain, in-principle approval for the remittance of any foreign currency sum
pursuant to the Thai Guarantor’s obligation to make any payment under the Thai Senior Note
Guarantee (as defined below). If such Bank of Thailand in-principle approval is received, the Thai
Guarantor shall promptly apply for, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, the
requisite permit under the Alien Business Act B.E. 2542 from the Director-General of the Department
of Business Development, Ministry of Commerce of Thailand (the “Thai Business Permit”) permitting
the Thai Guarantor to provide a guarantee for payment of the Senior Notes (the “Thai Senior Note
Guarantee”). Notwithstanding the provisions set forth under Section 4.11 but subject to the
exceptions to the requirement to provide a Senior Note Guarantee contained therein, the Thai
Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it
will guarantee payment of the Senior Notes within 60 days of obtaining its Thai Business Permit (or
on such later date as may be permitted by the Administrative Agent under and as defined in the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities in its sole discretion), but in any event not earlier than the
date on which the Thai Guarantor enters into its guarantee with respect to the Indebtedness
incurred as incremental term loan borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in
connection with the Pactiv Acquisition, provided that at such time it would, but for the provisions
of this Section 4.21, be required to grant a Senior Note Guarantee under the terms of Section 4.11.
In addition, in respect of any in-principle approval of the Bank of Thailand granted to the Thai
Guarantor, the Thai Guarantor agrees to: (i) when it is required to remit the foreign currency sum
pursuant to its obligation of payment under the Thai Senior Note Guarantee, comply with the Bank of
Thailand’s requirements set out in such in-principle approval for obtaining the final approval of
the Bank of Thailand for the remittance of such sum (to the full amount of its guarantee
obligations), within the time limits specified by the Bank of Thailand (if any); (ii) if such
in-principle approval has an expiry date, apply for the renewal or extension of such approval prior
to the expiry date of such approval, so long as any of the obligations under the Thai Senior Note
Guarantee are outstanding; and (iii) comply with the conditions set out in the final approval (if
any) to allow the Thai Guarantor to remit the approved foreign currency sum (to the fullest extent)
for the payment under the Thai Senior Note Guarantee.



          (b) The Issuers will use the proceeds of the Senior Notes only for the purposes specified in
the section of the Offering Circular entitled “Use of Proceeds”. The Senior Notes have not and
shall not be used with a view to (a) the subscription or acquisition of any shares in the share
capital or depositary receipts thereof in a company organized in The Netherlands or (b)
repay any Indebtedness which was used for the purposes of acquiring shares in the share
capital or depositary receipts thereof in The Netherlands.



97









 





          (c) (i) Each Senior Note Guarantor organized in Germany and each other Senior Note Guarantor
and each Issuer that is party to a Domination Agreement shall (A) to the extent not prohibited by
applicable law, comply with such Domination Agreement and do all that is necessary to maintain the
Domination Agreements in full force and effect; provided that (1) with respect to any Domination
Agreements other than any Domination Agreements with SIG Euro Holding AG & Co KGaA as dominated
entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen), such Domination Agreement may be terminated (x) in connection
with a transaction permitted by Section 5.01 hereof involving a Senior Note Guarantor organized in
Germany as dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen) under a Domination Agreement that leads to
such Senior Note Guarantor ceasing to be a Senior Note Guarantor, or (y) if a replacement
domination agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (under and as defined in the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities) will be executed and filed for registration concurrently with the
termination thereof or (z) as otherwise permitted by the Trustee, and (2) with respect to any
Domination Agreement with SIG Euro Holding AG & Co KGaA as dominated entity (beherrschtes
Unternehmen), such Domination Agreement may be terminated (x) to the extent SIG Euro Holding AG &
Co KGaA has changed its corporate legal form into that of a German limited liability company
(Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) or limited partnership pursuant (Kommanditgesellschaft), if
a replacement domination agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (under and as
defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) will be executed and filed for registration
concurrently with the termination thereof provided, or (y) as otherwise permitted by the
Administrative Agent (under and as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities); and (B)
provide the Administrative Agent (under and as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities)
with at least ten days, but in the case of any Domination Agreement with SIG Euro Holding AG & Co
KGaA as dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen) at least six weeks, prior written notice of any
intention to cancel any Domination Agreement, unless such cancellation is permitted under section
5.17(b)(i) of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.




     (ii) None of the Issuers or the Senior Note Guarantors shall terminate any Domination
Agreement with SIG Euro Holding AG & Co KGaA as dominated entity (beherrschtes Unternehmen),
except as otherwise provided by Section 5.17(b)(i) of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities,
and none of the Issuers or the Senior Note Guarantors shall take any action that would cause
the Administrative Agent (under and as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to
receive notice from any party to such Domination Agreement of its intention to terminate,
except as permitted by Section 5.17(b)(i) of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, such
Domination Agreement;




     (iii) No Senior Note Guarantor incorporated in Germany, shall become unable to pay its
debts as they fall due (Zahlungsunfähigkeit) or be deemed to be unable to pay its debts as
they fall due (drohende Zahlungsunfähigkeit) or be over-indebted (Überschuldung) within the
meaning of Sections 17 — 19 of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung).




          SECTION 4.22. Escrow Account Deposits. In accordance with the terms of the Escrow
Agreement, upon the consummation of the sale of the Original Senior
 Notes, the Escrow Issuers shall
(i) cause Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers to
deposit $1,500,000,000, representing the gross proceeds of the Original Senior



98









 




Notes into the
applicable Escrow Accounts with the Escrow Agent and (ii) deposit or cause an affiliate to deposit
$56,626,875 into the applicable Escrow Accounts, representing an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
interest and premiums (if any) from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Escrow Redemption Date in
accordance with the Escrow Agreement, assuming the Escrow Redemption Date is March 16, 2011.




          SECTION 4.23. Activities of the Issuers Prior to the Assumption. (a) Notwithstanding
anything in this Senior Notes Indenture to the contrary, prior to the Assumption, each Escrow
Issuer shall not engage in any business activity or undertake any other activity, except (i) any
activity relating to the offering, sale or issuance of the Senior Secured Notes and the Senior
Notes issued on the Issue Date and the incurrence of Indebtedness represented by the Senior Secured
Notes and Senior Notes, (ii) issuing equity interests to, and receiving capital contributions from,
RGHL, its Subsidiaries or BP I or any other equity-holder of such Escrow Issuer, (iii) Incurring
Subordinated Indebtedness solely for purposes of paying any Special Mandatory Redemption, (iv)
performing its obligations in respect of the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Notes under the Senior
Secured Notes Indenture and this Senior Notes Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, (v) consummating
the Assumption or redeeming the Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Notes on the Escrow Redemption
Date, as applicable, (f) directing the investment by the Escrow Agent of the amounts deposited in
the Escrow Accounts as specified under Section 4.23(b) below, and (vi) conducting such other
activities as are necessary or appropriate to carry out, or are incidental or related to, the
activities described above. Prior to the Assumption, the Escrow Issuers will not Incur any
Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness issued to RGHL, its subsidiaries or BP I solely
for purposes of paying any Special Mandatory Redemption) other than the Senior Secured Notes and
the Senior Notes, or own, hold or otherwise have any interest in any assets other than the Escrow
Accounts, cash and investments described in Section 4.23(b) below.



          (b) The Escrow Issuers may direct the investment (including duration of the investments) by
the Escrow Agent of amounts deposited in the Escrow Accounts only in writing, in (i) direct
obligations of, and obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to timely payment by, the
United States government and any agency, instrumentally, or establishment of the United States
government (“Government Securities”); (ii) repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements
collateralized with Government Securities, including those of the Escrow Agent or any of its
affiliates and (iii) demand deposits, including interest bearing money market accounts, time
deposits, trust funds, trust accounts, overnight bank deposits, interest-bearing deposits, and
certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances of depository institutions, including the Escrow
Agent or any of its affiliates, rated at the time of investment in the AA long-term ratings
category or higher by S&P or Moody’s or which are fully FDIC-insured, with a bank or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof having capital,
surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million.



          SECTION 4.24. Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture. (a) Immediately prior
to the release of Escrow Funds pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Escrow
Agreement, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II, the Luxembourg Issuer and the Senior Note
Guarantors shall execute the Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture.



99









 





          (b) On and following the Escrow Release Date, all restrictive covenants, other than Section
4.11, 4.21(a), 4.22, 4.23 and 4.24 will be deemed to have been applicable to the US Issuer I, the
US Issuer II, the Luxembourg Issuer, RGHL, BP I, BP II, and the other Senior Note Guarantors, as
applicable, beginning as if in effect since the Issue Date and, to the extent that the US Issuer I,
the US Issuer II, the Luxembourg Issuer, RGHL, BP I, BP II or the other Senior Note Guarantors took
any action or inaction after the Issue Date and prior to the Escrow Release Date that would have
been prohibited by this Senior Notes Indenture as if it had been applicable at such time, then the
US Issuer I, the US Issuer II and the Luxembourg Issuer will be in Default as of the Escrow Release
Date. However, if the Escrow Release Date does not occur, the covenants of this Senior Notes
Indenture will not apply to the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II, the Luxembourg Issuer, RGHL, BP I,
BP II or the other Senior Note Guarantors, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary.



ARTICLE V




Successor Company



          SECTION 5.01. When the Issuers, BP I or BP II May Merge or Transfer Assets. (a)
Except for the Escrow Mergers which shall be explicitly permitted, each of BP I, BP II and each of
the Issuers may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or
wind-up or convert into (whether or not BP I, BP II or any Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving
Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or Substantially All
of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:




     (i) BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as
applicable, is the surviving person or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding-up or conversion (if other than BP I, BP II,
the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable) or to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a
corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws
of any member state of the European Union that was a member state on January 1, 2004, the
United States, the District of Columbia, or any state or territory thereof, or New Zealand
(BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable, or
such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that
in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Senior
Notes is a corporation;




     (ii) the Successor Company (if other than BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer
II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable) expressly assumes all the obligations of BP I,
BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable, under its
Senior Note Guarantee (if applicable) and this Senior Notes Indenture pursuant to
supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form and substance satisfactory
to the Trustee;





     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its



100









 






Restricted
Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing;




     (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and
treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the
Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either:




     (1) the Successor Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth
in Section 4.03(a); or




     (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for BP I, BP II and the
Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;




     (v) if the Successor Company is not BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or
the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable, the Issuers and each Senior Note Guarantor, unless it
is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture
confirmed that its obligations under this Senior Notes Indenture, Senior Notes, and Senior
Note Guarantee, as applicable, shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Senior
Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes and the Senior Note Guarantee; and




     (vi) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer
and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Senior Notes Indenture; provided
that in giving such opinion such counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate as to
compliance with the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01(a) and as to any
matters of fact.



          The Successor Company (if other than BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the
Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable) will succeed to, and be substituted for, BP I, BP II, the US
Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable, under the applicable Senior
Note Guarantee (if applicable) and this Senior Notes Indenture, and in such event BP I, BP II, the
US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer, as applicable, will automatically be
released and discharged from its obligations under the applicable Senior Note Guarantee and this
Senior Notes Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section
5.01(a), (A) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) may merge, consolidate or amalgamate
with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to BP I, BP II or to another Restricted
Subsidiary, and (B) BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer may
merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of
reincorporating BP I, BP II, the US Issuer I, the US Issuer II or the Luxembourg Issuer in a member
state of (or in another member state of) the European Union on
January 1, 2004, the United States, the District of Columbia, or any state or territory
thereof, or New Zealand or may convert into a limited liability company, so long as the amount of



101









 




Indebtedness of BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. The
provisions set forth in this Article V will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance
or other disposition of assets between or among BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries.




          (b) subject to the provisions of Section 10.06 (which govern the release of a Senior Note
Guarantee upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Senior Note Guarantor),
no Senior Note Guarantor (other than RGHL) will, and BP I and BP II will not permit any Senior Note
Guarantor (other than RGHL) to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind-up into
(whether or not such Senior Note Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or Substantially All of its properties or assets in one
or more related transactions to, any Person unless:




     (i) either (A) such Senior Note Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Senior
Note Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company
organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union that was a
member state on January 1, 2004, the United States, the District of Columbia, or any state
or territory thereof or New Zealand (such Senior Note Guarantor or such Person, as the case
may be, being herein called the “Successor Senior Note Guarantor”), and the Successor Senior
Note Guarantor (if other than such Senior Note Guarantor) expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Senior Note Guarantor under this Senior Notes Indenture and such Senior
Note Guarantor’s Senior Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other
documents or instruments in form satisfactory to the Trustee, or (B) if such sale or
disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is with a Person other than BP I, BP II
or any Restricted Subsidiary, such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or
merger is not in violation of Section 4.06; and




     (ii) the Successor Senior Note Guarantor (if other than such Senior Note Guarantor)
shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or
transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Senior Notes Indenture.



          Except as otherwise provided in the Senior Notes Indenture, in a transaction to which Section
5.01(b)(1)(A) applies, the Successor Senior Note Guarantor (if other than such Senior Note
Guarantor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Senior Note Guarantor under this Senior
Notes Indenture and such Senior Note Guarantor’s Senior Note Guarantee, and such Senior Note
Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Senior
Notes Indenture and such Senior Note Guarantor’s Senior Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, (A) a Senior Note Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate
incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Senior Note Guarantor in a member state
of (or another member state of) the European Union that was a member state on January 1, 2004, the
United States, the District of Columbia, or any state or territory thereof, so long as the amount
of Indebtedness of the Senior Note Guarantor is not
increased thereby, and (B) a Senior Note Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with
another Senior Note Guarantor, an Issuer, BP I or BP II.



102









 





          In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Senior Note Guarantor may consolidate,
amalgamate or merge with or into or wind-up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or Substantially All of its properties or assets (collectively, a
“Transfer”) to (x) BP I, an Issuer or any Senior Note Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Senior Note Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Transfer pursuant to
clause (y) the aggregate amount of all such Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed 5.0% of
the consolidated assets of BP I, BP II, the Issuers and the Senior Note Guarantors as shown on the
most recent available combined consolidated balance sheet of BP I, BP II, the Issuers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to each such Transfer and including all Transfers
occurring from and after the Issue Date (excluding Transfers in connection with the Transactions
described in the Offering Circular).



ARTICLE VI




Defaults and Remedies



          SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if:




     (a) there is a default in any payment of interest on any Senior Note when the same
becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;




     (b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Senior
Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase
(other than with respect to any Change of Control Payment, which shall be governed by clause
(d) of this Section 6.01), including under Section 3.09, upon declaration or otherwise;




     (c) BP I, BP II, the Escrow Issuers (but only prior to the Assumption) or any
Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with its obligations under Sections 4.13(a), 5.01,
4.23 or with any obligation of the Escrow Agreement;




     (d) BP I, BP II or any Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply for 60 days after notice
with its agreements contained in the Senior Notes or this Senior Notes Indenture (other than
a failure to purchase Senior Notes);




     (e) BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay any Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness owing to BP I, BP II or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any
applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by
the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such
Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $30.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;




     (f) BP I, BP II, an Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that,
directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an Issuer, pursuant to or
within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:




     (i) commences a voluntary case;



103









 






     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;




     (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of
its property; or




     (iv) takes any comparable action to that set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this
Section 6.01(f) under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;




     (g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:




     (i) is for relief against BP I, BP II, an Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary or any
Restricted Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an
Issuer, in an involuntary case;




     (ii) appoints a Custodian of BP I, BP II, an Issuer, a Significant Subsidiary or any
Restricted Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an
Issuer, or for any substantial part of its property; or




     (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of BP I, BP II, an Issuer, a Significant
Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any
Equity Interest of an Issuer;


and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;





     (h) BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any
amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers),
which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days following the
entry thereof; or




     (i) any Senior Note Guarantee of RGHL, BP I or a Significant Subsidiary (or any Senior
Note Guarantee of one or more Senior Note Guarantors that collectively would represent a
Significant Subsidiary) ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the
terms thereof or the terms of this Senior Notes Indenture) or BP I, BP II or any Senior Note
Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary (or one or more Senior Note Guarantors
that collectively would represent a Significant Subsidiary) denies or disaffirms its
obligations under this Senior Notes Indenture or any Senior Note Guarantee and such Default
continues for 20 days.



          The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of
Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant
to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body.



          The term “Bankruptcy Law” means any applicable Luxembourg law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, administration, examination, court protection, receivership, schemes of arrangement or
similar matters, Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal, state or non-



104









 




US bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any
receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.




          A Default under clause (d) of this Section 6.01 (other than a failure to purchase Senior
Notes) shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in
principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes of such series notify the Issuers of the default and
the Issuers do not cure or cause the cure of such default within the time specified in clause (d)
hereof, after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be
remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”.



          An Issuer or BP I, as applicable, shall deliver to the Trustee (i) as soon as it becomes aware
of the occurrence of an Event of Default, written notice of the occurrence of such Event of Default
and (ii) within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would
constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action BP I, BP II or any Issuer, as applicable,
is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.



          SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in (x) Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an Issuer or (y)
Section 6.01(c) with respect to BP I’s, BP II’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s failure to comply
with its obligations under Section 4.13(a)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of
at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes by notice to the Trustee and the
Issuers may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest (including
additional interest, if any) on all the Senior Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a
declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of
Default specified in (i) Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an Issuer
or (ii) Section 6.01(c) with respect to BP I’s, BP II’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s failure to
comply with its obligations under Sections 4.13(a) occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on all the Senior Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the Senior Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if
the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely
because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any
right consequent thereto.



          In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e), such Event of Default and
all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) will be annulled,
waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the
Senior Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officers’
Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for
such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded
or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of
Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being



105









 




understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Senior Notes as
described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events.




          SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of
or interest on the Senior Notes (including the delivery of a Senior Notes Control Notice (as such
term is defined under the Escrow Agreement) pursuant to the Escrow Agreement with respect to the
Escrow Funds) or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Senior Notes or this Senior
Notes Indenture.



          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Senior Notes or
does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive
of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative.



          SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of outstanding Senior Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its
consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Senior Note,
(b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Senior Note when required pursuant
to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under
Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of the Holders of not less than 100% of the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes. When a Default is waived, it is deemed
cured and the Issuers, the Senior Note Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to
their former positions and rights under this Senior Notes Indenture, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.



          SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
outstanding Senior Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or
this Senior Notes Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly
prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal
liability. Prior to taking any action under this Senior Notes Indenture, the Trustee will be
entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and
expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.



          SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. (a) Subject to Section 7.01, in case an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers under this Senior Notes Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it
against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of
principal,
premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this
Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes unless:



106









 






     (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing,




     (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,




     (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it
against any loss, liability or expense,




     (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of
the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and




     (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have
not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.



          SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Senior Notes Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal
of and interest on the Senior Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates
expressed or provided for in the Senior Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of
the Holders of not less than 100% of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Notes.



          SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name
and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers, BP I or any other obligor on the Senior
Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to
the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Senior Notes) and the
amounts provided for in Section 7.07.



          SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances
of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee
deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings
relative to the Issuers, BP I or any Senior Note Guarantor, their creditors or their property,
shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of
creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may
vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing
similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its
counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due



107









 




 the
Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any
reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled
to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Senior Notes or the rights of any Holder, or
to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.




          SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to
this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:




     FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;




     SECOND: to the Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Senior Notes for principal,
premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Senior Notes for principal and interest,
respectively; and




     THIRD: to the Issuers or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Senior
Note Guarantor, to such Senior Note Guarantor.



          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to
this Section 6.10 and shall notify the Issuers of such record date. At least 15 days before such
record date, the Issuers shall deliver to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the
record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.



          SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Senior Notes Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in
the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in
the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the
party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of outstanding
Senior Notes.



          SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither of the Issuers, BP I or any
Senior Note Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension
law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Senior Notes Indenture; and the Issuers, BP I and each Senior Note Guarantor
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any
such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such
power as though no such law had been enacted.



108









 





          SECTION 6.13. Direction to Agents. Following the occurrence of an Event of Default
or a potential Event of Default, the Trustee may, by notice to the Agents, require them to act
under its direction.



ARTICLE VII




Trustee



          SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Senior Notes
Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.



          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:




     (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Senior Notes Indenture and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Senior Notes Indenture against the Trustee (it being
agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Senior Notes
Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and




     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Senior Notes Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to
any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence
of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However,
in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to
it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
conform to the requirements of this Senior Notes Indenture (but need not confirm or
investigate the truth or accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts, statements or
opinions stated therein).



          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:




     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;




     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts;




     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02 or
6.05; and



109









 






     (iv) no provision of this Senior Notes Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its
duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.



          (d) Every provision of this Senior Notes Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is
subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.



          (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers or BP I.



          (f) Money held by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law.



          SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01:



          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.



          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.



          (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care.



          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the
Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.



          (e) The Trustee may consult with professional advisers and/or counsel of its own selection
and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Senior Notes
Indenture and the Senior Notes or any other agreement referenced herein shall be full and complete
authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by
it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such professional
advisers and/or counsel.



          (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated
in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do
so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes at
the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Issuers or BP I, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuers
and BP I and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.



110









 





          (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested
in it by this Senior Notes Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to
this Senior Notes Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and/or
indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.



          (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including without limitation its right to be indemnified and all other rights provided under this
Article VII, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, The Bank of New York Mellon, as the
Trustee and in each of its other capacities hereunder.



          (i) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at
the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of outstanding Senior
Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to
the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Senior Notes Indenture.



          (j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this
Senior Notes Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who, at the time of
making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the Holder of any Senior Note shall be
conclusive and binding upon future Holders of Senior Notes and upon Senior Notes executed and
delivered in exchange therefor or in place thereof.



          (k) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the
Issuers, BP II or BP I, its Subsidiaries and/or the Senior Note Guarantors in Article IV hereof,
except with respect to Section 4.01 and shall be entitled to assume that the Issuers have performed
in accordance with all of the provisions of this Senior Notes Indenture, unless otherwise notified
to it in writing. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.02
is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained
therein, including the Issuers’, BP I’s, BP II’s or RGHL’s compliance with any of their covenants
hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely on Officers’ Certificates).



          (l) The Trustee shall not have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to
compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance with restrictions on transfer,
exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under
this Senior Notes Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect to any transfer,
exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of any interest in any Senior Notes.



          (m) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of
its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes.



          (n) The Trustee shall not, under any circumstance be liable for any special or consequential
damages (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit of any kind) of the Issuers, BP I,
BP II or any Senior Note Guarantor or any Subsidiary or any other Person.



111









 





          (o) The Issuers shall deliver no later than the date of execution of this Senior Notes
Indenture an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of the individuals and/or titles of
officers, authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Senior Notes
Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’
Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously
delivered and not superseded, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the most recent
Officers’ Certificate received.



          (p) The Trustee will not be liable if prevented or delayed in performing any of its
obligations by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or
regulatory authority or by any force majeure circumstances beyond its control.



          (q) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of, or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces majeures beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages,
accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts
which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon
as practicable under the circumstances.



          (r) The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such
action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion based upon legal advice in the relevant
jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, of the
State of New York. Furthermore, the Trustee may also refrain from taking such action if it could
otherwise render it liable to any person in that jurisdiction or the State of New York or if, in
its opinion based upon such legal advice, it would not have the power to do the relevant thing in
that jurisdiction by virtue of any applicable law in that jurisdiction or in the State of New York
or if it is determined by any court or other competent authority in that jurisdiction or in the
State of New York that it does not have such power.



          SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any
other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Senior Notes and may otherwise deal with the
Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying
Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section
7.10.



          SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and
makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Senior Notes Indenture, any Senior
Note Guarantee or the Senior Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ or BP I’s use of
the proceeds from the Senior Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the
Issuers, BP I or any Senior Note Guarantor in this Senior Notes Indenture or in any document issued
in connection with the sale of the Senior Notes or in the Senior Notes other than the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) or (i) or of the identity of any
Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall
have received written notice thereof referencing this Senior Notes Indenture and the applicable
section of 6.01 hereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuers, BP I,



112









 




any Senior Note Guarantor or any Holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee
acts solely as Trustee for the Holders of the Senior Notes and not in its individual capacity and
all persons, including the Holders of Senior Notes and the Issuers having any claim against the
Trustee arising from this Senior Notes Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by
the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein.




          SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and has been
notified to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with applicable
DTC procedures, as applicable) to each registered holder of Senior Notes notice of the Default
within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after written notice of it is received by
the Trustee.



          SECTION 7.06. [Reserved.]



          SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. (a) The Issuers, failing which the Senior
Note Guarantors, shall pay to the Trustee and each Agent from time to time compensation for their
respective services as agreed in writing between the Issuers and the Trustee and each Agent from
time to time and, following the occurrence of an Event of Default or a potential Event of Default,
such additional fees and expenses as the Trustee deems to be appropriate. The Trustee’s and each
Agent’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Issuers, jointly and severally, failing which the Senior Note Guarantors shall
reimburse the Trustee and each Agent upon request for all properly incurred out-of-pocket expenses
incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the properly incurred compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s and each Agent’s agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Issuers and each Senior Note Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify the
Trustee and each Agent (which in each case, for purposes of this Section 7.07, shall include its
officers, directors, employees, agents and counsel) against any and all loss, liability, claim,
taxes, costs, damage or expense (including properly incurred attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred
by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its
duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Senior Notes Indenture or
Senior Note Guarantee against the Issuers, BP I or a Senior Note Guarantor (including this Section
7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, BP
I, any Senior Note Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts
shall survive the payment in full or defeasance of the Senior Notes or the removal or resignation
of the Trustee or the applicable Agent. The Trustee or the applicable Agent shall notify the
Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge
thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuers shall not relieve the
Issuers, BP I or any Senior Note Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuers
shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the
Issuers’ expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the
Issuers, BP I and the Senior Note Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the fees and expenses of
such counsel. The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability
or expense incurred by an indemnified party solely through such party’s own willful misconduct,
negligence or bad faith.



113









 





          (b) To secure the payment obligations of the Issuers, BP I and the other Senior Note
Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Senior Notes on all
money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held to pay
principal of and interest on particular Senior Notes.



          (c) The Issuers’ and the Senior Note Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section
7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Senior Notes Indenture, any rejection or
termination of this Senior Notes Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law or the resignation or removal
of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable
law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section
6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuers or BP I, the expenses are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.



          (d) No provision of this Senior Notes Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk
its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or
adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction.



          For the avoidance of doubt, the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given
to the Trustee in this Section 7.07, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and
shall be enforceable by, the Trustee and by each Agent.



          SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee or Agent. (a) The Trustee and any Agent may
resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers or BP I. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of outstanding Senior Notes may remove the Trustee or any Agent by so notifying the Trustee
or such Agent and may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee
or any Agent if:




     (i) the Trustee or such Agent fails to comply with Section 7.10;




     (ii) the Trustee or such Agent is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;




     (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or such Agent or
its property; or




     (iv) the Trustee or such Agent otherwise becomes incapable of acting.



          (b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a
successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in
such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee.



          (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Issuers or BP I. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee
shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of
the Trustee under this Senior Notes Indenture. The successor Trustee shall deliver a notice of its
succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all



114









 




property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07(b).




          (d) If a successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, does not take office within 60 days after
the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, or
the Holders of 10% in principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes may petition at the expense of
the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or (ii)
the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, as
applicable, at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable,
takes office; provided that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers.



          (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder who has been a bona fide
Holder of a Senior Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.



          (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the
Issuers’ or BP I’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring
Trustee or Agent, as applicable.



          SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges
or converts into, or transfers all or Substantially All of its corporate trust business or assets
to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.



          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Senior Notes Indenture any of the Senior Notes
shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the
certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Senior Notes so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Senior Notes shall not have been authenticated,
any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Senior Notes either in the name of any
predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Senior Notes or in this Senior
Notes Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that
the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate
Senior Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors
by merger, conversion or consolidation.



          SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Senior Notes Indenture shall at
all times have a Trustee that is an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the
United States or any state thereof, or a member state of the European Union or a political
subdivision thereof, that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and
that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities or by the authorities
of a member state of the European Union or a political subdivision thereof. The Trustee shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published
annual report of condition. No obligor under the Senior Notes or Person directly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with such obligor shall serve as Trustee.



115









 





ARTICLE VIII




Discharge of Senior Notes Indenture; Defeasance



          SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Senior Notes; Defeasance. This Senior Notes
Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving
rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Senior Notes, as expressly provided for in this
Senior Notes Indenture) as to all outstanding Senior Notes when:




     (a) either (i) all the Senior Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except
lost, stolen or destroyed Senior Notes which have been replaced or paid and Senior Notes for
whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held by the
Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) all of the Senior Notes (A) have become
due and payable, (B) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or
(C) if redeemable at the option of the Issuers, are to be called for redemption within one
year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption
by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers have
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount
sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Senior Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Senior Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the
Issuers directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or
redemption, as the case may be;




     (b) BP I, BP II, each Issuer or the Senior Note Guarantors have paid all other sums
payable under this Senior Notes Indenture; and




     (c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Senior Notes Indenture relating
to the satisfaction and discharge of this Senior Notes Indenture have been complied with;
provided that any counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact.




Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuers’ BP I’s or BP II’s obligations in
Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.15, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article VIII shall
survive until the Senior Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ BP I’s or
BP II’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and
discharge.



          Subject to the preceding paragraph and Section 8.02, the Issuers at any time may terminate (i)
all of their obligations under the Senior Notes and this Senior Notes Indenture (with respect to
such Senior Notes) (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03,
4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21(a) and the
operation of Section 5.01 and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d) (with respect to the foregoing Sections of
Article IV only), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(g) (with
respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), and 6.01(h) (“covenant defeasance



116









 




option”). The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option notwithstanding their prior
exercise of their covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuers terminate all of their
obligations under the Senior Notes and this Senior Notes Indenture (with respect to such Senior
Notes) by exercising their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, each Senior
Note Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Senior Note
Guarantee.




          If the Issuers exercise their legal defeasance option, payment of the Senior Notes may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Issuers exercise their
covenant defeasance option, payment of the Senior Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event
of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries only), 6.01(g) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(h) or because of
the failure of the Issuers to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iv).



          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuers, BP I or
BP II, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuers
terminate.



          SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. (a) The Issuers may exercise their legal
defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option only if:




     (i) the Issuers irrevocably deposit with the Trustee money in US Dollars, the principal
of and the interest on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to
pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Senior Notes when due at
maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such
redemption date;




     (ii) the Issuers delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized
firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and
interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited US Dollars, plus any deposited
money without investment shall provide cash at such times and in such amounts as shall be
sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Senior Notes
to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;




     (iii) 90 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default
specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to either Issuer, BP I or BP II occurs
which is continuing at the end of the period;




     (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other material agreement
binding on either Issuer, BP I or BP II;




     (v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuers have received from, or there has
been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this
Senior Notes Indenture there has been a change in the applicable US federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for US federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and shall be subject to US federal



117









 






income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; provided, however, the
Opinion of Counsel required with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all
Senior Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and
payable;




     (vi) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders shall not recognize income,
gain or loss for US Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance
and shall be subject to US Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
and




     (vii) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the
Senior Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been
complied with.



          (b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuers may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for the redemption of such Senior Notes at a future date in accordance with Article III.



          SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold money or deposited
with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited money through each Paying
Agent and in accordance with this Senior Notes Indenture to the payment of principal of and
interest on the Senior Notes so discharged or defeased.



          SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Issuers. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall
promptly pay to the Issuers upon request an amount equal to any money held by it as provided in
this Article VIII which, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article VIII.



          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay
to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest
that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to
the Issuers for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no
further liability with respect to such monies.



          SECTION 8.05. [Reserved.]



          SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply
any money in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of
any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ obligations under this Senior Notes Indenture and the
Senior Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article VIII; provided,



118









 




however, that, if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of or interest on, any such
Senior Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to
the rights of the Holders of such Senior Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or any Paying Agent.




ARTICLE IX




Amendments and Waivers



          SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. (a) BP I, the Issuers and the Trustee
may amend this Senior Notes Indenture, the Escrow Agreement and the Senior Notes:




     (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;




     (ii) to give effect to any provision of this Senior Notes Indenture (including, without
limitation, the release of any Senior Note Guarantees in accordance with the terms of
Section 10.06);




     (iii) to comply with Article V;




     (iv) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of any
Issuer under this Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes, to provide for the assumption
by Midco of the obligations of RGHL under the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes or
to provide for the assumption by a Successor Senior Note Guarantor of the obligations of a
Senior Note Guarantor under this Senior Notes Indenture and its Senior Note Guarantee;




     (v) to provide for uncertificated Senior Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Senior Notes (provided that the uncertificated Senior Notes are issued in
registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);




     (vi) to add a Senior Note Guarantee with respect to the Senior Notes;




     (vii) to provide for collateral for the Senior Notes in accordance with Section 4.12;




     (viii) [Reserved.];




     (ix) [Reserved.];




     (x) to add to the covenants of the Issuers, BP I, BP II or any Senior Note Guarantor
for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon BP I or BP
II;




     (xi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;




     (xii) to evidence and give effect to the acceptance and appointment under this Senior
Notes Indenture of a successor Trustee;



119









 






     (xiii) to provide for the accession of the Trustee to any instrument in connection with
the Senior Notes;




     (xiv) to make certain changes to this Senior Notes Indenture to provide for the
issuance of Additional Senior Notes; or




     (xv) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of
this Senior Notes Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if such qualification is
required.



          Before entering into any such amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be
entitled to require and rely absolutely on such evidence as it reasonably deems appropriate,
including an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate.



          After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail (or
otherwise deliver in accordance with applicable DTC procedures) to the Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders entitled to
receive such notice, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of the
amendment under this Section 9.01.



          SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. (a) The Issuers, the Senior Note
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Senior Notes Indenture, the Escrow Agreement, and the
Senior Notes with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes
then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the
Senior Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent
of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding; provided,
however, that without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Senior Note affected, no
amendment may, among other things:




     (i) reduce the amount of Senior Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;




     (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Senior Note;




     (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Senior Note;




     (iv) reduce the premium or amount payable upon the redemption of any Senior Note,
change the time at which any Senior Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article III of
this Senior Notes Indenture or Sections 5 or 6 of the Senior Notes;




     (v) make any Senior Note payable in money other than that stated in such Senior Note;




     (vi) expressly subordinate the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee to any other
Indebtedness of any Issuer, BP I or any Senior Note Guarantor not otherwise permitted by
this Senior Notes Indenture;



120









 






     (vii) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on such holder’s Senior Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to
institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Senior
Notes;




     (viii) make any change in Section 6.04 or the proviso at the end of the first sentence
of this Section 9.02;




     (ix) [Reserved.]




     (x) make any change in Section 4.15 of this Senior Notes Indenture or Section 7 of the
Senior Notes that adversely affects the rights of any Holder to receive payments of
Additional Amounts pursuant to such provisions or amend the terms of the Senior Notes or
this Senior Notes Indenture in a way that would result in the loss of an exemption from any
of the Taxes described thereunder that are required to be withheld or deducted by any
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payments made on the Senior Note or any Senior Note
Guarantee by the Payors, unless RGHL or any Restricted Subsidiary agrees to pay any
Additional Amounts that arise as a result; provided that for purposes of this clause (x) a
“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” shall include the United States.




     (b) Subject to the terms of Section 9.02(a) (including clauses (i) through (x)
thereof), without the consent of the holders of 90% in principal amount of the Senior Notes
then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange
offer or exchange for the Senior Notes), an amendment or waiver may not:




     (i) change the provisions applicable to the redemption of any Senior Note as set
forth in Section 3.09; or




     (ii) make any change in the Escrow Agreement that would adversely affect the
Holders.



          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves
the substance thereof.



          After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail (or
otherwise deliver in accordance with applicable DTC procedures) to the Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders entitled to
receive such notice, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of the
amendment under this Section 9.02.



          SECTION 9.03. [Reserved.]



          SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) A consent to an
amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Senior Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent
Holder of that Senior Note or portion of the Senior Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder’s Senior Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the
Senior Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or



121









 




waiver as to such Holder’s Senior Note or portion of the Senior Note if the Trustee receives
the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate
from each Issuer certifying that the requisite principal amount of Senior Notes have consented.
After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver
becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee of consents by the Senior
Notes of the requisite principal amount of Senior Notes, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to
effectiveness as set forth in Section 13.03 and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such
amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by
the Issuers and the Trustee.




          (b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or
required or permitted to be taken pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture. If a record date is
fixed, then notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 9.04, those Persons who were Holders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give
such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not
such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or
effective for more than 120 days after such record date.



          SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Senior Notes. If an amendment, supplement
or waiver changes the terms of a Senior Note, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Senior Note
to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Senior Note
regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the
Trustee so determines in exchange for the Senior Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee
shall authenticate a new Senior Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the
appropriate notation or to issue a new Senior Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment,
supplement or waiver.



          SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment,
supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may
but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive
indemnity or security satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01)
shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by the Senior Notes
Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Issuers and the Senior Note Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its
terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.



          SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither Issuer nor any Affiliate of either Issuer
shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or
amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes
unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to
amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement.



122









 





          SECTION 9.08. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act. All amendments and
supplements shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act if, at the time of any such amendment,
supplement or waiver, the Trust Indenture Act is applicable to the Senior Notes Indenture. In the
event the Senior Notes are registered with the SEC pursuant to the Senior Notes Registration Rights
Agreement, the Trust Indenture Act shall govern the Senior Notes Indenture.



ARTICLE X




Guarantees



          SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. (a) From and after the Escrow Release Date, each Senior
Note Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, on a
senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and
punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Senior Notes when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Issuers under
the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within
applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers under the Senior Notes Indenture
and the Senior Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed
Obligations”), subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.08; provided, however, that in no
event shall a US Controlled Foreign Subsidiary be required to guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations.
Each Senior Note Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or
renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from such Senior Note Guarantor and
that such Senior Note Guarantor will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any
extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.



          (b) Each Senior Note Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to
the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment.
Each Senior Note Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Senior Notes or the Guaranteed
Obligations. The obligations of each Senior Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (1)
the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or
remedy against the Issuers or any other Person (including any Senior Note Guarantor) under the
Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (2) any extension or
renewal of any thereof; (3) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms
or provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or any other agreement; (4) the
release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of
them; (5) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any
other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (6) except as set forth in Section 10.06, any
change in the ownership of such Senior Note Guarantor.



          (c) Each Senior Note Guarantor further agrees that its Senior Note Guarantee herein
constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of
collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to
any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.



          (d) [Reserved.]



123









 





          (e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 10.02, 10.06 and 10.08, the
obligations of each Senior Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction,
limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release,
surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the obligations of each Senior Note Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or
impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or
demand or to enforce any remedy under the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or any other
agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful
or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or
delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk
of such Senior Note Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Senior Note
Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.



          (f) Each Senior Note Guarantor further agrees that its Senior Note Guarantee herein shall
continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part
thereof, of principal of or interest on any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored
by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of either Issuer or otherwise.



          (g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder
or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Senior Note Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the
failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as
the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to
perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Senior Note Guarantor hereby promises
to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in
cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (A) the unpaid amount of such
Guaranteed Obligations, (B) accrued and unpaid interest and premiums (if any) on such Guaranteed
Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (C) all other monetary Guaranteed
Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders and the Trustee.



          (h) Each Senior Note Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations hereby may be
accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Senior Note Guarantor’s Senior Note
Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of
any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such
Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by
such Senior Note Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.



          (i) Each Senior Note Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.08,
incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.



124









 





          SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. Any term or provision of the Senior Notes
Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed
Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Senior Note Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount
that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering the Senior Notes Indenture, as it relates to such
Senior Note Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or
fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.



          SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article X shall be binding upon each
Senior Note Guarantor and its successors and shall inure to the benefit of the successors,
transferees and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or
assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that
party in the Senior Notes Indenture and in the Senior Notes shall automatically extend to and be
vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of the Senior Notes
Indenture. Each Senior Note Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee and shall, subject to
Section 10.06, remain in full force and effect until the payment in full of the Guaranteed
Obligations.



          SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the
Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or
further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the
Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other
rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by
statute or otherwise.



          SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision
of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Senior Note Guarantor therefrom, shall
in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then
such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which given. No notice to or demand on any Senior Note Guarantor in any case shall entitle such
Senior Note Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other
circumstances.



          SECTION 10.06. Release of Senior Note Guarantor. A Senior Note Guarantee of a Senior
Note Guarantor will be automatically released upon (x) receipt by the Trustee of a notification
from BP I that such Senior Note Guarantee be released and (y) the occurrence of any of the
following:




     (a) the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Senior Notes Indenture as a
result of which such Senior Note Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary;




     (b) the release or discharge of the guarantee or other obligation by such Senior Note
Guarantor of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or such other guarantee or other
obligation that resulted in the creation of such Senior Note Guarantee, except a release or
discharge by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;



125









 






     (c) BP I designating such Senior Note Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;




     (d) the Issuers’ exercise of their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance
option as described under Article VIII or if the Issuers’ obligations under the Senior Notes
Indenture are otherwise discharged in accordance with the terms of the Senior Notes
Indenture; or




     (e) the transfer or sale of the equity interests of such Senior Note Guarantor pursuant
to an enforcement action, in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor
Agreement.



          Upon the occurrence of any event set forth by this Section 10.06, the applicable Senior Note
Guarantor will be required to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent provided for in the Senior Notes Indenture relating to the release have been
complied with.



          A Senior Note Guarantee of a Senior Note Guarantor also will be released as provided Section
5.01.



          SECTION 10.07. RGHL Release. RGHL will be released from its Senior Note Guarantee in
connection with the substantially concurrent transfer by RGHL of the capital stock of BP I to a
newly formed subsidiary of RGHL (“Midco”); provided that (a) Midco is a corporation, partnership or
limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European
Union on January 1, 2004, the United States, the District of Columbia, or any state or territory
thereof or New Zealand; (b) Midco expressly assumes or replaces all the obligations of RGHL under
the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Senior Notes and
RGHL’s Senior Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental or replacement indenture or other documents
or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (c) immediately after giving effect
to such transaction on a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation
of Midco as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by Midco at the time of such
transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Issuers would be able to
Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant Section 4.03; (d) RGHL delivers to the Trustee
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transfer and such
supplemental indenture comply with the Senior Notes Indenture (and in giving such opinion such
counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate as to any matters of fact); and (e) RGHL delivers to
the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of RGHL
approving such transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
transaction complies with the requirements of the Senior Notes Indenture.



          Upon any occurrence specified in Section 10.06 or 10.07, the Trustee shall, at the instruction
of and at the cost of the Issuers, execute any documents reasonably requested of it to evidence
such release.



          SECTION 10.08. Limitation on Guarantees in the Netherlands, Switzerland, Austria,
Thailand, Germany, Luxembourg, Guernsey, Mexico, Hong Kong and England and



126









 




Wales.



(a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior Note
Document, the obligations of any Senior Note Guarantor organized in The Netherlands (a “Dutch
Guarantor”) expressed to be assumed in the Senior Notes Indenture shall be deemed not to be assumed
by such Dutch Guarantor to the extent that such assumption would constitute unlawful financial
assistance within the meaning of Article 2:207c or 2:98c of the Dutch Civil Code or any other
applicable financial assistance rules of any relevant jurisdiction (the “Prohibitions”) and the
provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture and the other Senior Note Documents shall be construed
accordingly. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly acknowledged that each Dutch Guarantor
will continue to guarantee all obligations expressed to be guaranteed in the Senior Notes Indenture
and the other Senior Note Documents, to the extent that such obligations do not constitute a
violation of the Prohibition.




          (b) Notwithstanding any provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior Note
Document, if the obligations expressed to be assumed in the Senior Notes Indenture or any other
Senior Note Document are assumed by any Senior Note Guarantor organized, or for tax purposes
resident, in Switzerland (a “Swiss Guarantor”), such Swiss Guarantor shall:




     (i) only be liable for obligations contained in the Senior Notes Indenture or the
Senior Note Guarantee or under the Senior Note Documents (including any restructuring of
such Swiss Guarantor’s rights of set-off and/or subrogation and its duties to subordinate
claims) in relation to obligations (other than obligations under the Senior Note Documents
of (y) the Swiss Guarantor to the extent certain proceeds of the Senior Notes Indenture have
been made available to the Swiss Guarantor, up to such proceeds and (z) a direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Swiss Guarantor (the “Swiss Guarantor’s Subsidiary”) to the extent certain
proceeds of the Senior Notes Indenture have been made available to the Swiss Guarantor’s
Subsidiary, up to such proceeds) to the extent that the payment of such obligations does not
constitute a repayment of capital (Einlagerueckgewaehr), a violation of the legally
protected reserves (gesetzlich geschuetzte Reserven) or a payment of a (constructive)
dividend prohibited to be made by such Swiss Guarantor by the Swiss Federal Code of
Obligations and in the maximum amount of its profits available for the distribution of
dividends on the date which such Swiss Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are due (it being
understood that such available profits are the balance sheet profits and any free reserves
made for this purpose, in each case in accordance with the relevant Swiss law).




     (ii) pass for such payments shareholders’ resolutions for the distribution of dividends
in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations then in
effect (it being understood that as of the Issue Date, the profits available for the
distribution of dividends as described above must be determined based on an audited balance
sheet and such shareholders’ resolutions must be based on a report from such Swiss
Guarantor’s auditors approving the proposed distribution); and




     (iii) deduct from such payments Swiss Anticipatory Tax (withholding tax) at the rate of
35% (or such other rate as is in effect from time to time) and, subject to any applicable
double taxation treaty and/or agreement entered into with the Swiss Federal Tax
Administration:



127









 






     (1) pay such deduction to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration;




     (2) give evidence to the Trustee and each noteholder of such deduction in
accordance with Section 4.15 of the Senior Notes Indenture; and




     (3) if such a deduction is made, not be obligated to gross-up pursuant to
Section 4.15 of the Senior Notes Indenture to the extent that such gross-up would
result in the aggregate amounts paid to the Trustee and/or each noteholder and the
Swiss Federal Tax Administration exceeding the maximum amount of such Swiss
Guarantor’s profits available for the distribution of dividends.



          (c) (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture and any of the
provisions of the Senior Note Documents, any guarantee or indemnity given by or other obligation
assumed by a Senior Note Guarantor organized in Austria (each an “Austrian Guarantor”) under
Article X of the Senior Notes Indenture is meant as and is to be interpreted as an abstract
guarantee agreement (abstrakter Garantievertrag) and not as surety (Bürgschaft) or joint obligation
as borrower (Mitschuldnerschaft) and such Austrian Guarantor undertakes to pay the amounts due
under or pursuant to such obligation unconditionally, irrevocably, upon first demand and without
raising any defenses (unbedingt, unwiderruflich, über erste Anforderung und Verzicht auf alle
Einwendungen). The obligation of any Austrian Guarantor under the Senior Notes Indenture or any
other Senior Note Document shall be limited so that no assumption of an obligation shall be
required if such assumption would violate mandatory Austrian capital maintenance rules
(Kapitalerhaltungsvorschriften) under Austrian company law, including Sections 82 et seq. of the
Austrian Act on Limited Liability Companies (Gesetz über Gesellschaften mit beschränkter Haftung)
and/or Sections 52 and 65 et seq. of the Austrian Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz); and




     (ii) should any obligation under the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior Note
Document violate or contradict Austrian capital maintenance rules and should therefore be
held invalid or unenforceable, such liability and/or obligation shall be deemed to be
replaced by a liability and/or obligation of a similar nature that is in compliance with
Austrian capital maintenance rules and that provides the best possible security interest in
favour of the Trustee or the noteholders, for the ratable benefit of the noteholders. By
way of example, should it be held that the Senior Note Guarantee created under any Senior
Note Document is contradicting Austrian capital maintenance rules in relation to any amount
of the obligations created by such Senior Note Guarantee, the obligations created by the
respective Senior Note Document shall be reduced to such an amount of the guaranteed
obligations which is permitted pursuant to Austrian capital maintenance rules.



          (d) Each Senior Note Guarantor incorporated or organized in Thailand irrevocably and
unconditionally waives any and all rights to avoid such Thai Guarantor’s obligations under its
Senior Note Guarantee which it may have under Sections 196, 293, 294, 684, 687, 688-690, 694 and
697-701 of the Civil and Commercial Code of Thailand, and agrees not to exercise any of its rights
under Sections 693 and 696 of the Civil and Commercial Code of Thailand unless and until the
Issuers and the Senior Note Guarantors have fully performed all



128









 




their obligations under the Senior Notes Indenture and all of such obligations have been
unconditionally, irrevocably, indefeasibly and fully paid or discharged.




          (e) If the guarantee and indemnity granted in this Article X is given by a Senior Note
Guarantor incorporated in Germany in the legal form of a limited liability company (Gesellschaft
mit beschränkter Haftung (GmbH)) or a limited partnership where the sole general partner is a GmbH
(“GmbH & Co. KG”) (each, a “German Guarantor”), the following shall apply:




     (i) The noteholders and Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the Senior Note Guarantee
against the applicable German Guarantor without limitation in respect of:




     (1) any and all amounts that are owed under the Senior Note Documents by such
German Guarantor itself or by any of its Subsidiaries; and




     (2) any and all amounts which correspond to funds that have been borrowed under
the Senior Note Documents to the extent borrowed, on-lent or otherwise passed on to,
or issued for the benefit of, the applicable German Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries, or for the benefit of any of their creditors and in each case not
repaid and outstanding from time to time (in aggregate, the “Unlimited Enforcement
Amount”).




     (ii) Besides an enforcement in respect of the Unlimited Enforcement Amount applicable
to a German Guarantor pursuant to paragraph (i) above, the noteholders and the Trustee shall
not be entitled to enforce the Senior Note Guarantee against such German Guarantor if and to
the extent that:




     (1) the Senior Note Guarantee secures the obligations of a party which is (x) a
shareholder of the German Guarantor or (y) an affiliated company (verbundenes
Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act
(Aktiengesetz) of a shareholder of the German Guarantor (other than the German
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries); and




     (2) the enforcement would have the effect of (x) reducing such German
Guarantor’s (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner’s (Komplementär))
net assets (Reinvermögen) (the “German Net Assets”) to an amount of less than its
(or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner’s (Komplementär)) stated share
capital (Stammkapital) or, if the German Net Assets are already an amount of less
than its (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner’s (Komplementär))
stated share capital), of causing such amount to be further reduced and (y) would
thereby affect the assets required for the obligatory preservation of the German
Guarantor’s (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner’s (Komplementär))
stated share capital (Stammkapital) according to section 30, 31 German Limited
Liability Companies Act (Gesetz betreffend die Gesellschaften mit beschränkter
Haftung), in each case, provided that the amount of the stated share capital to be
taken into consideration shall be the amount registered in the commercial register
at the date hereof, and any



129









 






increase of the stated share capital registered after the date of the Senior
Notes Indenture shall only be taken into account if such increase has been effected
with the prior written consent of the Trustee.




     (iii) The German Net Assets shall be calculated as an amount equal to the sum of the
values of such German Guarantor’s (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner’s
(Komplementär)) assets (consisting of all assets which correspond to the items set forth in
section 266 sub-section(2) A, B and C of such German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch)
less the aggregate amount of the German Guarantor’s (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its
general partner’s (Komplementär)) liabilities (consisting of all liabilities and liability
reserves which correspond to the items set forth in section 266 sub-section(3) B, C and D of
the German Commercial Code), except that:




     (1) any asset that is shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert)
that is significantly lower than the market value of such asset and that is not
necessary for such German Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig) shall be
taken into account with its market value;




     (2) obligations under loans provided to such German Guarantor by any Affiliate
thereof shall not be taken into account as liabilities as far as such loans are
subordinated by law or contract at least to the claims of the unsubordinated
creditors of such German Guarantor; and




     (3) obligations under loans or other contractual liabilities incurred by such
German Guarantor (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner’s
(Komplementär)) in violation of the provisions of the Senior Note Documents shall
not be taken into account as liabilities.



          The German Net Assets shall be determined in accordance with the generally accepted accounting
principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung) and
shall be based on the same principles that were applied by such German Guarantor in the preparation
of its most recent annual balance sheet (Jahresbilanz).



          It is understood that the assets of the respective German Guarantor (or, in case of a GmbH &
Co. KG, its general partner (Komplementär)) will be assessed at liquidation values
(Liquidationswerte) if the managing directors of the applicable German Guarantor (or, in case of a
GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner (Komplementär)), at the time they prepare the Management
Determination (as defined below) are, due to factual or legal circumstances at that time, in their
opinion not able to make a positive prognosis as to whether the business of the applicable German
Guarantor (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general partner (Komplementär)) can carry on as a
going concern (positive Forführungsprognose), in particular when such Senior Note Guarantee is
enforced.




     (iv) The limitations set out in Section 10.08(e)(ii) shall only apply if and to the
extent that:




     (1) without undue delay, but not later than within 5 Business Days, following
receipt of a request for payment under the Senior Note Guarantee by



130









 






the Trustee, the applicable German Guarantor shall have confirmed in writing to
the Trustee (x) to what extent the Senior Note Guarantee is an up-stream or
cross-stream Senior Note Guarantee as described in Section 10.08(e)(ii)(1) and (y)
which amount of such up-stream or cross-stream Senior Note Guarantee cannot be
enforced as it would cause the net assets of the applicable German Guarantor to fall
below its stated share capital (taking into account the adjustments set out in
Section 10.08(e)(iii)) and such confirmation is supported by evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (acting on behalf of the noteholders (the “Management
Determination”) and the noteholders shall not have contested this and argued that no
or a lesser amount would be necessary to maintain the German Guarantor’s stated
share capital; or




     (2) within 20 Business Days following the date the noteholders shall have
contested the Management Determination, the noteholders and Trustee shall receive
from the applicable German Guarantor an up-to-date balance sheet prepared by a firm
of internationally recognized auditors (the “Determining Auditors”) that shows the
value of such German Guarantor’s (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG, its general
partner’s (Komplementär)) German Net Assets (the “Balance Sheet”). The Balance Sheet
shall be prepared in accordance with the principles set out in Section
10.08(e)(iii), provided that the final sentence of Section 10.08(e)(iii) shall not
apply unless the Determining Auditors shall have determined in an independent
assessment that the assets of applicable German Guarantor (or, in case of a GmbH &
Co. KG, its general partner (Komplementär)) should be evaluated at liquidation
values (Liquidationswerte) in accordance with the generally accepted accounting
principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger
Buchführung) and shall contain further information (in reasonable detail) relating
to items to be adjusted pursuant to Section 10.08(e)(iii).




     If such German Guarantor fails to deliver a Balance Sheet within the
aforementioned time period, the noteholders and the Trustee, as applicable shall be
entitled to enforce the Senior Note Guarantee irrespective of the limitations set
out Section 10.08(e)(ii).




     (v) If the noteholders or Trustee disagree with the Balance Sheet, they shall be
entitled to enforce the applicable Senior Note Guarantee up to the amount which, according
to the Balance Sheet, can be enforced in compliance with the limitations set out in
paragraph Section 10.08(e)(ii). In relation to any additional amounts for which such German
Guarantor is liable under the Senior Note Guarantee, the noteholders and Trustee shall be
entitled to pursue their claims (if any) further and such German Guarantor shall be entitled
to prove that this amount is necessary for maintaining its (or, in case of a GmbH & Co. KG,
its general partner’s (Komplementär)) stated share capital (calculated as of the date the
demand under the Senior Note Guarantee was made).




     (vi) No reduction of the amount enforceable under this 10.08(e) will prejudice the
right of the noteholder or the Trustee to continue enforcing the Senior Note Guarantee



131









 






(subject always to the operation of the limitations set out above at the time of such
enforcement) until full satisfaction to the claims guaranteed.



          (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior
Note Document, the obligations of any guarantor incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (the
“Luxembourg Guarantors”) under (i) Section 10.01 of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (ii)
Article X of the 2009 Indenture, (iii) Article X of the Senior Notes Indenture, (iv) Article X of
the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, (v) Article X of the May 2010 Indenture and (vi) any other
Credit Documents (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement), in respect of the
obligations of any Obligor which is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of the applicable
Luxembourg Guarantor, shall be limited to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of ninety
percent (90%) of:




     (i) such Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres), as referred to in article
34 of the Luxembourg law dated 19 December 2002 concerning the trade and companies register
and the accounting and annual accounts of undertakings (as at the date of demand of payment
under the Senior Notes Indenture, the “2002 Law”), increased by the amount of any Luxembourg
Intra-Group Liabilities (as defined below); and




     (ii) the Luxembourg Guarantor’s own funds (capitaux propres) as referred to in article
34 of the 2002 Law as at the date of the Senior Notes Indenture, increased by the amount of
any Luxembourg Intra-Group Liabilities.




     The limitation set forth in this Section 10.08(f) shall not apply to any amounts due by
an Issuer or Senior Note Guarantor which have been, directly or indirectly advanced to such
Luxembourg Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries.




     For purposes of this Section 10.08(f), the term “Luxembourg Intra-Group Liabilities”
means any amounts owed by the applicable Luxembourg Guarantor to RGHL and any of its
Subsidiaries.




     The obligations of Reynolds Consumer Products (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., Closure Systems
International (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. and Evergreen Packaging (Luxembourg) S.à r.l. under the
Senior Notes Indenture shall not include any obligation that, if incurred, would constitute
a breach of the provisions on financial assistance as defined by Article 49-6 of the
Luxembourg law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, to the extent
applicable, at the date of the Senior Notes Indenture to a Luxembourg Guarantor having the
form of a private limited liability company.



          (g) Any Senior Note Guarantor organized in Guernsey irrevocably waives and abandons any right
which it has or may at any time have under the existing or future laws of Guernsey pursuant to the
principle of “droit de discussion” or otherwise, to require that recourse be had to the assets of
any party before any action is taken hereunder against it, and further irrevocably waives and
abandons any right it has or may have at any time under the existing or future laws of Guernsey,
pursuant to the principle of “droit de division” or otherwise, to require that any other party be
made a party to any proceedings, or that its liability be divided or apportioned with any other
party or reduced in any manner whatsoever.



132









 





          (h) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior
Note Document, the Senior Note Guarantee of any Senior Note Guarantor organized in Guernsey does
not apply to any obligation to the extent that the assumption of such obligation would result in
such assumption constituting a breach of The Control of Borrowing (Bailiwick of Guernsey)
Ordinance, 1959 as amended by such Senior Note Guarantor or the directors of such Senior Note
Guarantor or exceeding any consent obtained thereunder.



          (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior
Note Document, the Senior Note Guarantee of any Senior Note Guarantor organized in Guernsey does
not apply to any obligation to the extent that the assumption of such obligation would result in
such assumption constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of The Companies
(Guernsey) Law, 2008, as amended or would result in such Senior Note Guarantor being unable to pass
the solvency test as prescribed by The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008, as amended.



          (j) Any Senior Note Guarantor organized in Mexico (each, a “Mexican Guarantor”) expressly
acknowledges that the Senior Note Guarantee is governed by the laws of the State of New York and
expressly agrees that any rights and privileges that it might otherwise have under the laws of
Mexico shall not be applicable to such Senior Note Guarantee, including, but not limited to, any
benefit of orden, excusión, división, quita, novación, espera and modificación which may be
available to it under articles 2813, 2814, 2815, 2816, 2821, 2822, 2823, 2827, 2836, 2840, 2845,
2847, 2848 and 2849 of the Federal Civil Code of Mexico and the corresponding articles under the
Civil Code in effect for the Federal District of Mexico and in all other states of Mexico, and such
acknowledgement and agreement are without prejudice to such Mexican Guarantor’s rights and/or
privileges under the laws of New York (as such rights have been modified by and/or waived in the
Senior Note Documents). Each Mexican Guarantor incorporated in Mexico represents that it is
familiar with the contents of these articles and agrees that there is no need to reproduce them
herein.



          (k) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior
Note Document, the Senior Note Guarantee of any Senior Note Guarantor organized in Hong Kong does
not apply to any obligation to the extent that the assumption of such obligation would result in
such assumption constituting a breach of Section 47A (Prohibition of Financial Assistance) of the
Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (as amended or replaced).



          (l) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior
Note Document, the Senior Note Guarantee of any Senior Note Guarantor organized in England or Wales
does not apply to any obligation to the extent that the assumption of such obligation would result
in such assumption constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 678 or
679 of the Companies Act 2006 (as amended or replaced).



          (m) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Senior Notes Indenture or any other Senior
Note Document, the Senior Note Guarantee given by any Subsidiary that becomes a Senior Note
Guarantor after the Issue Date (an “Additional Guarantor”) is subject to any limitations set forth
in the supplemental indenture applicable to such Additional Guarantor.



133









 





          SECTION 10.09. Effectiveness of Article X. This Article X shall only become
effective upon the execution of the Assumption Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture.



ARTICLE XI




[Reserved.]



ARTICLE XII




[Reserved.]



ARTICLE XIII




Miscellaneous



          SECTION 13.01. [Reserved.]



          SECTION 13.02. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted
hereunder shall be in the English language in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile, email
or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:


if to the Issuers, BP I or a Senior Note Guarantor:



Level Nine

148 Quay Street

Auckland 1140 New Zealand

Attn: Helen Golding

Fax: +6192686693

helen.golding@rankgroup.co.nz



and



if to the Trustee, Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar:



The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street 4-E

New York, NY 10286

Attn: International Corporate Trust

Fax: (212) 815-5366

catherine.donohue@bnymellon.com

lesley.daley@bnymellon.com





134









 







The Issuers, any Note Guarantor, the Trustee, and the Transfer Agent, Registrar and Principal
Paying Agent, by notice to the other parties hereto, may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. No communication (including fax, electronic
message or communication in any other written form) under or in connection with the Senior Note
Documents shall be made to or from an address located inside of the Republic of Austria.




          (b) Any notice or communication delivered to a Holder shall be delivered electronically or
mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration
books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so delivered within the time prescribed.



          (c) Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is delivered in
the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that
notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.



          (d) The Trustee and the Agents agree to accept and act upon notice, instructions or
directions pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission
or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that (a) the party providing such
written instructions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the
originally executed instructions or directions to the Trustee or the Agents in a timely manner, and
(b) such originally executed instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized
representative of the party providing such instructions or directions. If the party elects to give
the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and
the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee and the Agents
shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the
Trustee’s and the Agents’ reliance upon and compliance in good faith with such instructions
notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written
instruction received by the Trustee and the Agents following action taken pursuant to prior
instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of
the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including
without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting in good faith on unauthorized instructions, and
the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.



          SECTION 13.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request
or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under the
Senior Notes Indenture, each Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:




     (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee stating
that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the
Senior Notes Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and




     (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.



135









 





          SECTION 13.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in the Senior Notes
Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:




     (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;




     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;




     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination
or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether
or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and




     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant
or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact
an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public
officials.



          SECTION 13.05. When Senior Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of
the required principal amount of Senior Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent,
Senior Notes owned by the Issuers or BP II, any Senior Note Guarantor or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the
Issuers, BP II or any Senior Note Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding,
except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on
any such direction, waiver or consent, only Senior Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall
be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Senior Notes outstanding at the time shall be
considered in any such determination.



          SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may
make reasonable rules for their functions.



          SECTION 13.07. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment
shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on
any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day
for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall
not be affected.



          SECTION 13.08. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE AND THE SENIOR NOTES SHALL
BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD
TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE
LUXEMBOURG LAW OF AUGUST 10, 1915 ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE IN RESPECT OF THE
SENIOR NOTES AND THIS SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT NEW YORK JUDGMENTS ARE
NOT ENFORCEABLE IN AUSTRIA. THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT THEY



136









 




MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF
THE LUXEMBOURG LAW OF AUGUST 10, 1915 ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE APPLICABLE IN RESPECT OF
THE SENIOR NOTES.




          SECTION 13.09. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service. Each of BP I, BP II, the Issuers
and the Senior Note Guarantors will irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) submit itself and its
property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Senior Notes Indenture to which it is a
party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the general
jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York,
appellate courts from any thereof and courts of its own corporate domicile, with respect to actions
brought against it as defendant; (b) consent that any such action or proceeding may be brought in
such courts and waive any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such
action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an
inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same; (c) designate and appoint the US
Issuer II, at 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, DE 19904, as its authorized agent upon which
process may be served in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Senior
Notes Indenture that may be instituted in any Federal or state court in the State of New York; and
(d) agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by US registered mail addressed
to the US Issuer II, with written notice of said service to such Person at the address of the US
Issuer II set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture shall be effective service of process for any
action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court.



          SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. No (i) director, officer, employee,
manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in BP I, BP II or any Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent corporation or (ii) director, officer, employee or manager of a Senior Note
Guarantor, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Senior Notes, the
Senior Notes Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations
or their creation. Each holder of Senior Notes by accepting a Senior Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Senior
Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.



          SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers, BP I, BP II and each
Senior Note Guarantor in the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes shall bind its successors.
All agreements of the Trustee, and each Agent in the Senior Notes Indenture shall bind its
successors.



          SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of the
Senior Notes Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent
the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove the Senior Notes Indenture.



          SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference
sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Senior Notes Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.



137









 





          SECTION 13.14. Senior Notes Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any
provision of the Senior Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Senior Notes
Indenture, such provision of the Senior Notes Indenture shall control.



          SECTION 13.15. Severability. In case any provision in the Senior Notes Indenture
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall
be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.



          SECTION 13.16. Agreed Tax Treatment. The Issuers agree, and by acquiring an interest
in the Senior Notes each beneficial owner of a Senior Note agrees to treat for US federal income
tax purposes (i) $725,000,000 in principal amount of the Senior Notes as debt of the Lux Escrow
Issuer (or the sole owner of the Lux Escrow Issuer) until the Escrow Release Date, and after the
Escrow Release Date, as debt of the Luxembourg Issuer (or the sole owner of the Luxembourg Issuer)
and $775,000,000 in principal amount of the Senior Notes as debt of the sole owner of the US LLC
Escrow Issuer until the Escrow Release Date, and after the Escrow Release Date, as debt of the sole
owner of the US Issuer I and (ii) interest payments on the portion of the Senior Notes that is
treated as debt of the Lux Escrow Issuer (or its sole owner) or the Luxembourg Issuer (or its sole
owner) as non-US source interest and interest payments on the portion of the Senior Notes that is
treated as debt of the sole owner of the US LLC Escrow Issuer or the sole owner of the US Issuer I
as US source interest; provided, however, that none of the Issuers nor any Senior Note Guarantor
shall change the allocations set forth in clause (i) of this sentence; provided further, however,
that, notwithstanding the foregoing, this agreement shall cease to apply if the Issuers (a)
determine, after taking action that is permissible under the Senior Notes Indenture, that the
aforementioned allocation of debt and interest payments is no longer accurate as a result of the
changed circumstances, and (b) promptly notify holders of such determination by sending first-class
mail to each holder’s registered address (or otherwise completing delivery in accordance with
applicable DTC procedures). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Issuer or any other Payor may
withhold from any interest payment made on any Senior Note to or for the benefit of any person who
is not a “United States person,” as such term is defined for US federal income tax purposes, US
federal withholding tax, and pay such withheld amounts to the Internal Revenue Service, unless such
person provides documentation to such Issuer or other Payor such that an exemption from US federal
withholding tax would apply to such payment if interest on such Senior Note were treated as income
from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.



          SECTION 13.17. Austrian Stamp Duty. (a) No party to the Senior Notes Indenture
shall bring or send to, or otherwise produce in, Austria a Stamp Duty Sensitive Document or
communicate in writing other than in compliance with the Stamp Duty Guidelines, in each case other
than in the event that:




     (i) it does not cause a liability of a party to the Senior Notes Indenture to pay stamp
duty in the Republic of Austria;




     (ii) a party to the Senior Notes Indenture wishes to enforce any of its rights under or
in connection with a Stamp Duty Sensitive Document in any form of proceedings in the
Republic of Austria and is only able to do so by bringing or sending to, or otherwise



138









 






producing in, Austria a Stamp Duty Sensitive Document and it would not be sufficient
for that party to bring or send to, or otherwise produce in, Austria a document that is not
a Stamp Duty Sensitive Document (e.g. a simple/uncertified copy (i.e. a copy which is not
an original, notarised or certified copy) of the relevant Stamp Duty Sensitive Document) for
the purposes of such enforcement; in furtherance of the foregoing, no party to the Senior
Notes Indenture shall (A) object to the introduction into evidence of an uncertified copy of
any Stamp Duty Sensitive Document or raise a defence to any action or to the exercise of any
remedy on the basis of an original or certified copy of any Stamp Duty Sensitive Document
not having been introduced into evidence, unless such uncertified copy actually introduced
into evidence does not accurately reflect the content of the original document and (B) if
such party is a party to proceedings before an Austrian court or authority, contest the
authenticity (Echtheit) of an uncertified copy of any such Stamp Duty Sensitive Document,
unless such uncertified copy actually introduced into evidence does not accurately reflect
the content of the original document; or




     (iii) a party to the Senior Notes Indenture is required by law, governmental body,
court, authority or agency pursuant to any legal requirement (whether for the purposes of
initiating, prosecuting, enforcing or executing any claim or remedy or enforcing any
judgment or otherwise) to bring or send a Stamp Duty Sensitive Document into, or otherwise
produce a Stamp Duty Sensitive Document in, the Republic of Austria.



          (b) The Issuers, and the Senior Note Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee, Principal Paying
Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and each noteholder against any cost, loss or liability in respect
of Austrian stamp duty unless such cost, loss or liability is incurred as a result of any
noteholder’s breach, or the Trustee’s negligent breach, of any obligations under Section 13.17(a),
in which case the breaching party shall be liable for payment of such stamp duty.



          SECTION 13.18. Place of Performance. The parties to the Senior Notes Indenture shall
perform their obligations under or in connection with the Senior Note Documents exclusively at the
Place of Performance (as defined below), but in no event at a place in Austria, and the performance
of any obligations or liability under or in connection with the Senior Note Documents within the
Republic of Austria shall not constitute discharge or performance of such obligation or liability.
For the purposes of the above, “Place of Performance” means (a) in relation to any payment under or
in connection with a Senior Note Document, the place at which such payment is to be made pursuant
to Section 4.01 and (b) in relation to any other obligation or liability under or in connection
with the Senior Note Documents, the premises of the Trustee in New York or any other place outside
of Austria as the Trustee may specify from time to time.



[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]






139









 








          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Senior Notes Indenture to be duly executed as
of the date first written above.



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL US ESCROW I LLC,

 	 
	 	by  	/s/ Cindi Lefari
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Cindi Lefari 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Assistant Secretary 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL US ESCROW I INC.,

 	 
	 	by  	/s/ Cindi Lefari
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Cindi Lefari 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Assistant Secretary 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A.,

 	 
	 	by  	/s/ Pru Wyllie
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Pru Wyllie 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Assistant Secretary 	 



140









 






	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee,

Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

 	 
	 	by  	/s/ Catherine F. Donohue
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Catherine F. Donohue 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, 

LONDON BRANCH, as Paying Agent

 	 
	 	by  	/s/ Catherine F. Donohue
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Catherine F. Donohue 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 



141









 






	 	 	 	 	 



APPENDIX A



PROVISIONS RELATING TO SENIOR NOTES





          1. Definitions.



          1.1 Definitions.



          Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Appendix A shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Senior Notes Indenture. For the purposes of this Appendix A the following
terms shall have the meanings indicated below:



          “Common Depositary” means The Bank of New York Mellon Depository (Nominees) Limited, its
nominees and their respective successors.



          “Definitive Security” means a certificated Senior Note (bearing the Restricted Securities
Legend if the transfer of such Senior Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include
the Global Securities Legend.



          “Global Securities Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A to the
Senior Indenture.



          “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.



          “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.



          “Regulation S Securities” means all Original Senior Notes offered and sold outside the United
States in reliance on Regulation S.



          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.



          “Rule 144A Securities” means all Original Senior Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on
Rule 144A.



          “Senior Exchange Securities” means (1) the 9.000% Senior Notes Due 2019 issued pursuant to the
Senior Notes Indenture in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Senior
Notes Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Senior Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act.



          “Senior Notes Purchase Agreement” means (a) the Purchase Agreement dated October 6, 2010,
among the Issuers and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representative of the several
Purchasers (as defined therein) and (b) any other similar Purchase Agreement relating to Additional
Senior Notes.



142









 





          “Senior Notes Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to the
Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Original Senior Notes, to issue
and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal
amount of Senior Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act.



          “Senior Notes Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement, if any, filed by
the Issuers pursuant to the Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement.



          “Senior Notes Transfer Restricted Securities” means Definitive Securities and any other Senior
Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend.



          1.2 Other Definitions.



	 	 	 
	Term:	 	Defined in Section:
	Agent Members
	 	 2.1(b)
	Global Senior Securities
	 	 2.1(a)
	Regulation S Global Senior Securities
	 	 2.1(a)
	Rule 144A Global Senior Securities
	 	 2.1(a)






          2. The Senior Notes.



          2.1 (a) Form and Dating; Global Senior Securities. The Senior Notes shall be offered and
sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Senior Notes Purchase Agreement. The Senior Notes shall be
resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (ii) Persons other than US Persons
(as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Senior Notes may thereafter be
transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the
restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Senior Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A
shall be issued initially in the form of two or more permanent global notes in fully registered
form (each, a “Rule 144A Global Senior Security”); Senior Notes initially resold pursuant to
Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of two or more permanent global notes in fully
registered form (each, a “Regulation S Global Senior Security”), in each case without interest
coupons and with the global securities legend and the applicable restricted securities legend set
forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Rule 144A Global Senior Securities and the Regulation S Global
Senior Securities in respect of the Senior Notes shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of
the Senior Notes with a custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the
name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the
Trustee or the authentication agent as provided in the Senior Notes Indenture.



          Beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Senior Security may be exchanged for interests
in a Rule 144A Global Senior Security if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of
Senior Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in a
Regulation S Global Senior Security first delivers to the Registrar or a Transfer Agent a written
certificate (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar or Transfer Agent) to the effect that
the beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Senior Security are



143









 




being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b)
purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United
States and other jurisdictions.




          Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Senior Security may be transferred to a Person who
takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Senior Security only if the
transferor first delivers to the Registrar or a Transfer Agent a written certificate (in the form
provided in the Senior Notes Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in
accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S to a person who is not a US person (as defined in
Regulation S).



          The Rule 144A Global Senior Security and the Regulation S Global Senior Security are
collectively referred to herein as the “Global Senior Securities”. The aggregate principal amount
of the Global Senior Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made
on the records of the Registrar and the Common Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided.



          (b) Book-Entry Provisions of Senior Notes. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global
Senior Security deposited with or on behalf of the Common Depositary.



          The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee or authentication agent shall, in accordance with
this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one Rule 144A Global Senior Security in
respect of the Senior Notes and one Regulation S Global Senior Security in respect of the Senior
Notes, in each case that (a) shall be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC and
(b) shall be delivered by the Trustee or authentication agent to the custodian for DTC or pursuant
to such custodian’s instructions.



          Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Senior
Notes Indenture with respect to any Global Senior Security held on their behalf by the custodian of
DTC or the Common Depositary, as applicable, or under such Global Senior Security, and the Issuers,
the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall treat such custodian and the Common
Depositary or their nominees, as applicable, as the absolute owner of such Global Senior Security
for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the
Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and their
Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such governing the exercise of the rights of
a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Senior Security.



          (c) Definitive Securities. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4,
owners of beneficial interests in Global Senior Securities shall not be entitled to receive
physical delivery of Definitive Senior Securities.



     2.2 Authentication.



          On the Issue Date, the Trustee or the authentication agent shall authenticate and deliver
$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Global Senior Securities in respect of the



144









 




Senior Notes and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee or the
authentication agent shall authenticate and deliver (i) Additional Senior Notes for original issue
in an aggregate principal amount specified in such order and (ii) Exchange Senior Securities for
issue only in a Senior Notes Registered Exchange Offer, pursuant to a Senior Notes Registration
Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Original Senior Notes, in each case upon a written
order of the Issuers signed by an Officer of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of
the Senior Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Senior Notes is to
be authenticated and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Senior Notes pursuant to Section
2.01 of the Senior Notes Indenture after the Issue Date, shall certify that such issuance is in
compliance with Section 4.03 of the Senior Notes Indenture. The Trustee or the authentication
agent shall authenticate Additional Senior Notes upon receipt of a written order of an
Authentication Order relating thereto.




     2.3 Transfer and Exchange.



          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Senior Notes. When Definitive Senior Securities
are presented to the Registrar with a request:




     (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Senior Securities; or




     (y) to exchange such Definitive Senior Securities for an equal principal
amount of Definitive Senior Securities of other authorized denominations,


the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable
requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Senior Securities
surrendered for transfer or exchange:





     (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder
thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and




     (ii) if such Definitive Senior Securities are required to bear a restricted
securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to
clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information
and documents, as applicable:




     (A) if such Definitive Senior Securities are being delivered to the
Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer,
a certification from such Holder to that effect; or




     (B) if such Definitive Senior Securities are being transferred to the
Issuers, a certification to that effect; or




     (C) if such Definitive Senior Securities are being transferred pursuant to
an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under
the Securities Act, a certification to that effect.



145









 





          (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Senior Security for a Beneficial Interest in
a Global Senior Security. A Definitive Senior Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial
interest in a Rule 144A Global Senior Security or a Regulation S Global Senior Security except upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Registrar of a Definitive
Senior Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form
satisfactory to the Registrar, together with:




     (i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Senior Note, that
such Definitive Senior Security is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with
Rule 144A, or (B) being transferred outside the United States in an offshore transaction in
accordance with Rule 903 or 904 under the Securities Act to a person who is not a US person
(as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act); and




     (ii) written instructions directing the Registrar to make an adjustment on its
books and records with respect to a Rule 144A Global Senior Security (in the case of a
transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or a Regulation S Global Senior Security (in the case
of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate
principal amount of the Senior Notes represented by a Rule 144A Global Senior Security or a
Regulation S Global Senior Security, as applicable, such instructions to contain information
regarding the transferor’s account details at DTC to be credited with such increase,


then the Registrar shall cancel such Definitive Senior Security and cause, or direct the Transfer
Agent to cause, in accordance with standing instructions and procedures, the aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes represented by the applicable Rule 144A Global Senior Security or the
applicable Regulation S Global Senior Security, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate
principal amount of the Definitive Senior Security to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be
credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the
applicable Rule 144A Global Senior Security or the applicable Regulation S Global Senior Security,
as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Senior Security so canceled. If no
Rule 144A Global Senior Security or Regulation S Global Senior Security, as applicable, is then
outstanding, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, a new Rule 144A Global Senior Security or Regulation S Global Senior
Security, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. The Registrar shall record the
exchange or transfer of a Definitive Senior Security for an interest in a Global Senior Security in
accordance with this Section 2.3(b) in the register maintained by it.




          (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Senior Securities.




     (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Senior Securities or beneficial interests
therein shall be effected through the Common Depositary in accordance with the Senior Notes
Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the
procedures of DTC therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Senior
Security shall deliver to the Registrar a written order, given in accordance with DTC’s,
procedures, containing information regarding the participant account of DTC to be credited
with a beneficial interest in the Global Senior Security. The Registrar shall, in
accordance with such instructions, instruct the Common Depositary to credit to the



146









 






account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the
Global Senior Security and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer of the
beneficial interest in the Global Senior Security being transferred.




     (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global
Senior Security to a beneficial interest in another Global Senior Security, the Registrar
shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of
the Global Senior Security to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to
the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect
on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of
the Global Senior Security from which such interest is being transferred.




     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the
provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Senior Security may not be transferred as a
whole except by the custodian of DTC or the Common Depositary to a nominee thereof or a
successor thereof.




     (iv) In the event that a Global Senior Security is exchanged for Definitive Senior
Securities pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix A, prior to the consummation of a Senior
Notes Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Senior Notes Shelf Registration
Statement with respect to such Securities, such Senior Notes may be exchanged only in
accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this
Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the
Original Senior Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A,
Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be)
and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuers.



          (d) Legend. The Senior Notes shall bear the legends set forth below.



          (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), each Senior Note certificate
evidencing the Global Senior Securities (and all Senior Notes issued in exchange therefor or in
substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:



     “THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “US SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS
NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN
APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF
THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE US SECURITIES ACT
PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY
THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY



     (I) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,



147









 





     (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A,



     (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS
OF RULE 903 AND RULE 904 UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT,



     (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE
144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE),



     (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT



     IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND IN EACH OF CASES (III) AND (IV) SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE
TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND THAT (B) THE
HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.



     THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “US SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY US PERSON WITHOUT
REGISTRATION EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE US
SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN
TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT.”1



     (ii) Each Definitive Senior Security shall bear the following additional legends:



          “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT
SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM
THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”





 




			
	1	 	Applicable to Regulation S Global Securities
only.




148









 










     (iii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Senior Security (including any
Transfer Restricted Senior Security represented by a Global Senior Security) pursuant to Rule 144
under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such
Transfer Restricted Senior Security for a certificated Senior Note that does not bear the legend
set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Senior
Security, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or
transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the
reverse of the Senior Note).



     (iv) After a transfer of any Original Senior Notes pursuant to and during the period of
the effectiveness of a Senior Notes Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Original
Senior Notes, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Original Senior Note will cease to
apply, the requirements requiring any such Original Senior Note issued to certain Holders be issued
in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Original Senior Note or an Original Senior
Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the
transferee of the Holder of such Original Senior Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s
certificated Original Senior Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global
Senior Security, as applicable.



     (v) Upon the consummation of a Senior Notes Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the
Original Senior Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Original Senior Notes that Original
Senior Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to
Holders of such Original Senior Notes that do not exchange their Original Senior Notes, and Senior
Exchange Securities in certificated or global form, in each case without the restricted securities
legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Original
Senior Notes in such Senior Notes Registered Exchange Offer.



     (e) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Senior Security. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a Global Senior Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Senior Securities,
redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Senior Security shall be returned to the Registrar
for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Registrar. At any time prior to such
cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Senior Security is exchanged for certificated
Senior Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Senior Notes represented
by such Global Senior Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and
records of the Registrar with respect to such Global Senior Security, by the Registrar, to reflect
such reduction.



     (f) No Obligation of the Trustee or the Registrar.




     (i) None of the Trustee or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or
obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Senior Security, a member of, or a
participant in DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or any
nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in
the Senior Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial
owner or other Person (other than the custodian for DTC or the Common Depositary, as
applicable) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment
of any amount, under or with respect to such Senior Notes.



149









 






All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made
to Holders under the Senior Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the
registered Holders (which shall be the custodian for DTC, the Common Depositary or their
respective nominees in the case of a Global Senior Security). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Senior Security shall be exercised only through the custodian for DTC
or the Common Depositary, as applicable, subject to the applicable rules and procedures of
DTC. The Trustee and the Registrar may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon
information furnished by the custodian of DTC or the Common Depositary with respect to the
Agent Members and any beneficial owners.




     (ii) The Trustee and the Registrar shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the
Senior Notes Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest
in any Senior Note (including any transfers between or among participants in DTC, members or
beneficial owners in any Global Senior Security) other than to require delivery of such
certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so
if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture, and to examine
the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements
hereof.



          2.4 Definitive Senior Securities.



          (a) A Global Senior Security deposited with the custodian of DTC or the Common Depositary
pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of
Definitive Senior Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such
Global Senior Security, in exchange for such Global Senior Security, only if such transfer complies
with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Issuers notify the Trustee in writing that DTC, acting through
itself, the custodian for DTC or the Common Depositary, as applicable, are unwilling or unable to
continue as a clearing system in respect of such Global Senior Security and a successor clearing
system is not appointed by the Issuers within 120 days of such notice; (ii) DTC so requests
following a Default under the Senior Notes Indenture (in which case such Senior Notes may be
exchanged in whole but not in part); (iii) the owner of a book-entry interest requests such
exchange in writing delivered through DTC or the Issuers following an Event of Default under the
Senior Notes Indenture; or (iv) the Issuers, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it
elects to issue Definitive Senior Securities.



          (b) Any Global Senior Security that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof
pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the custodian for DTC or the Common
Depositary, as applicable, to the Registrar located at its principal corporate trust office, to be
so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Registrar shall
authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Senior Security, an
equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Senior Securities of authorized denominations. Any
portion of a Global Senior Security in respect of the Senior Notes transferred pursuant to this
Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in minimum denominations of
$100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the
custodian of DTC, shall direct. Any Definitive Senior Security delivered in exchange for an
interest in the Transfer Restricted Senior Security shall, except as otherwise provided by



150









 




Section 2.3(d) hereof, bear the applicable restricted securities legend and definitive securities
legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto.




          (c) Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.4(d) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global
Senior Security shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including
Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a
Holder is entitled to take under the Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes.



          (d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) or
2.4(b) hereof, the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Registrar a reasonable supply of
Definitive Senior Securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the
event that such Definitive Senior Securities are not issued, the Issuers expressly acknowledge,
with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.05 of the Senior
Notes Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Senior Notes to pursue such remedy with
respect to the portion of the Global Senior Security that represents such beneficial owner’s Senior
Notes as if such Definitive Senior Securities had been issued.



151









 





Exhibit A




[FORM OF FACE OF SENIOR NOTE]




[Global Securities Legend]



          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED
NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.



          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO
NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF
THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN THE SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.



[Restricted Securities Legend]




          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “US SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE
EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE
MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE US SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED
BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A)
THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY



          (I) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,



          (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A,



          (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS
OF RULE 903 AND RULE 904 UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT,



A-1









 





          (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE
144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE),



          (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT



          IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND IN EACH OF CASES (III) AND (IV) SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE
TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND THAT (B) THE
HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.



          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “US SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY US PERSON WITHOUT
REGISTRATION EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE US
SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN
TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE US SECURITIES ACT.2



[Definitive Securities Legend]




          IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT
SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM
THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.





 




			
	2	 	Applicable to Regulation S Global Securities
only.




A-2









 









The taking of this document or any certified copy of it or any other document which constitutes
substitute documentation for it, or any document which includes written confirmations or references
to it, into Austria as well as printing out any e-mail communication which refers to this document
in Austria or sending any e-mail communication to which a pdf scan of this document is attached to
an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail communication carrying an electronic or digital
signature which refers to this document to an Austrian addressee may cause the imposition of
Austrian stamp duty. Accordingly, keep the original document as well as all certified copies
thereof and written and signed references to it outside of Austria and avoid printing out any
e-mail communication which refers to this document in Austria or sending any e-mail communication
to which a pdf scan of this document is attached to an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail
communication carrying an electronic or digital signature which refers to this document to an
Austrian addressee.




[FORM OF SENIOR NOTE]




			
	 	 	 
	No.
	 	$__________






9.000% Senior Note due 2019




	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	CUSIP
	 

	 	 	 	ISIN






          RGHL US ESCROW I INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, RGHL US ESCROW I LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED
LIABILITY COMPANY, AND RGHL ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A., A COMPANY INCORPORATED AS A SOCIĚTĚ
ANONYME (A PUBLIC LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY) UNDER THE LAWS OF LUXEMBOURG, PROMISES TO PAY TO
[      ], OR REGISTERED ASSIGNS, THE PRINCIPAL SUM OF $[       ], AS THE SAME MAY BE REVISED FROM
TIME TO TIME ON THE SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY ATTACHED HERETO, ON APRIL
15, 2019.



          Interest Payment Dates: October 15 and April 15



          Record Dates: October 1 and April 1



          Additional provisions of the Senior Note are set forth on the other side of this Senior Note.



A-3









 





          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL US ESCROW I INC.

 	 
	 	By  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	RGHL US ESCROW I LLC

 	 
	 	By  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	RGHL ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A.,

 	 
	 	By  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 


Dated:







A-4









 








TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION




THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee,

certifies that this is one of the

Senior Notes referred to in the

Senior Notes Indenture.



By _____________________





	 	 	Authorized Signatory






	*/	 	 If the Senior Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and
the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] — SCHEDULE OF
INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY”.




A-5









 











[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SENIOR NOTE]




9.000% Senior Note due 2019


1. Interest




          RGHL US Escrow I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (such company, and its successors
and assigns under the Senior Notes Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “US
Issuer I”), RGHL US Escrow I Inc., a Delaware corporation (such company, and its successors and
assigns under the Senior Notes Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “US
Issuer II”) and RGHL Escrow Issuer (Luxembourg) I S.A., a company incorporated as a société anonyme
(a public limited liability company) under the laws of Luxembourg (such company, and its successors
and assigns under the Senior Notes Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
“Luxembourg Issuer”, and together with the US Issuer I and the US Issuer II, the “Issuers”),
promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Note at the rate per annum shown
above; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Senior Notes
Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Security from and
including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on
which all Registration Defaults have been cured at the applicable rate as determined pursuant to
the Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement.



          The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually on October 15 and April 15 of each year,
commencing April 15, 2011. Interest on the Senior Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid or provided for, from
October 15, 2010 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue
principal at the rate borne by the Senior Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments
of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.


2. Method of Payment




          The Issuers shall pay interest on this Senior Note (except defaulted interest) to the
registered Holder at the close of business on the October 1 or April 1 next preceding the interest
payment date even if this Senior Note is canceled after the record date and on or before the
interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Issuers shall pay principal, premium,
if any, and interest in US Dollars or such other lawful currency of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Issuers shall make
all payments in respect of this Senior Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) at
the office of the relevant Paying Agent, provided that all such payments [shall be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or



A-6









 




Holders thereof]3 [at the option of the Issuers, may be made by mailing a check to the
registered address of each Holder thereof]4.



3. Paying Agent and Registrar




          Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Trustee”) shall act as Trustee, Principal Paying
Agent (“Principal Paying Agent”), Transfer Agent (“Transfer Agent”) and Registrar (the
“Registrar”). The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice.
The Issuers or BP I or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent (other than with respect to
Global Senior Securities) or Registrar.


4. Indenture




          The Issuers issued the Senior Notes under an Senior Notes Indenture dated as of October 15,
2010 (the “Senior Notes Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent,
the Transfer Agent and the Registrar. The terms of the Senior Notes include those stated in the
Senior Notes Indenture. Terms defined in the Senior Notes Indenture and not defined herein have
the meanings ascribed thereto in the Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes are subject to all
terms and provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Senior Notes
Indenture) are referred to the Senior Notes Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions.



          The Senior Notes are senior obligations of the Issuers. This Senior Note is one of the
Original Senior Notes referred to in the Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes include the
Original Senior Notes and any Additional Senior Notes. The Original Senior Notes and any
Additional Senior Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Senior Notes
Indenture. The Senior Notes Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuers,
BP I, BP II and the Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and
other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into
consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and
make Asset Sales. The Senior Notes Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the
Issuers and the Senior Note Guarantors to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or
convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. The Senior Notes Indenture
also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuers to undertake certain activities.



          To the extent any provision of the Senior Notes conflict with the express provisions of the
Senior Notes Indenture, the provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.





 




			
	3	 	Applicable if this Security is represented by
a Global Senior Security registered in the name of or held by a nominee of,
Clearstream or Euroclear on the relevant record date.
	 
	4	 	Applicable if this Security is represented by
a Definitive Senior Security on the relevant record date.




A-7









 









5. Optional Redemption




          Except as set forth in this Section 5, Section 6 and Section 25 below, the Senior Notes shall
not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to October 15, 2014. Thereafter, the Issuers
may redeem the Senior Notes at their option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each
holder’s registered address (or otherwise delivered in accordance with applicable DTC procedures),
at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued
and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right
of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15 of the years set
forth below. Without limiting the Issuers’ obligations under the Senior Notes Indenture, the
Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the
Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.



	 	 	 	 	 
	Period	 	Redemption Price	 
	2014
	 	 	104.500%	 
	2015
	 	 	102.250%	 
	2016 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000%	 






          In addition, from and after the Escrow Release Date, at any time and from time to time prior
to October 15, 2014, the Issuers may redeem the Senior Notes at their option, in whole or in part,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each
holder’s registered address (or otherwise delivered in accordance with applicable DTC procedures),
at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes redeemed plus the
Applicable Premium (as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such person as the
Issuers shall designate) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any,
to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Without limiting the
Issuers’ obligations under the Senior Notes Indenture, the Issuers may provide in such notice that
payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to
such redemption may be performed by another Person.



          Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the Escrow Release Date, at any time and from
time to time prior to October 15, 2013, the Issuers may at their option redeem in the aggregate up
to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of any Additional Senior Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more
Equity Offerings (1) by BP I or (2) any direct or indirect parent of BP I, in each case to the
extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of BP I or any of
its Subsidiaries or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any such
entity from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of
109.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date
(subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that



A-8









 




at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes (calculated after
giving effect to any issuance of any Additional Senior Notes) remain outstanding after each such
redemption; provided further, however, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the
date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice mailed to each holder of Senior Notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture.




          Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion
thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or
more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity
Offering. Without limiting the Issuers’ obligations under the Senior Notes Indenture, the Issuers
may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Issuers’
obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.


6. Redemption for Taxation Reasons




          The Issuers may redeem the Senior Notes, at their option, in whole, but not in part, at any
time from and after the Escrow Release Date upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
prior notice (which notice will be irrevocable) to the noteholders mailed by first-class mail to
each holder’s registered address (or otherwise delivered in accordance with applicable DTC
procedures) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption (a
“Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of noteholders of record on the relevant record date
to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts (as
defined in Section 7 below), if any, then due or that will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as
a result of the redemption or otherwise, if any, if the Issuers determine in good faith that, as a
result of:



          (1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations, protocols or
rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (as defined in Section 7 below)
affecting taxation; or



          (2) any change in official position regarding the application, administration or
interpretation of such laws, treaties, protocols, regulations or rulings (including a holding,
judgment or order by a government agency or court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing
in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”),



     any Payor (as defined in Section 7 below), with respect to the Senior Notes or a Senior Note
Guarantee is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Senior
Notes would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts, and such obligation cannot be avoided by
taking reasonable measures available to such Payor (including the appointment of a new Paying Agent
or, where such payment would be reasonable, the payment through another Payor); provided that no
Payor shall be required to take any measures that in the Issuers’ good faith determination would
result in the imposition on such person of any legal or regulatory burden or the incurrence by such
person of additional costs, or would otherwise result in any adverse consequences to such person.



A-9









 





          In the case of any Payor, the Change in Tax Law must be announced or become effective on or
after the date of the Offering Circular. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of
redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would
be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts. Prior to the publication, mailing or
delivery of any notice of redemption of the Senior Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuers
will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate stating that they are entitled to effect
such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to
their right so to redeem have been satisfied and (b) an opinion of an independent tax counsel of
recognized standing to the effect that the Payor would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a
result of a Change in Tax Law. The Trustee will accept such Officers’ Certificate and opinion as
sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event
it will be conclusive and binding on the noteholders.



          Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice, Senior Notes called for redemption
become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Senior Notes or portions of them called for redemption.



          The foregoing provisions will apply mutatis mutandis to the laws and official positions of any
jurisdiction in which any successor to a Payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a
resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or
therein. The foregoing provisions will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the
Senior Notes Indenture.


7. Withholding Taxes




          All payments made by any Issuer or any Senior Note Guarantor or any successor in interest to
any of the foregoing (each, a “Payor”) on or with respect to the Senior Notes or any Senior Note
Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any Taxes unless
such withholding or deduction is required by law; provided, however that a Payor, in any case, may
withhold from any interest payment made on the Senior Notes to or for the benefit of any person who
is not a “United States person,” as such term is defined for US federal income tax purposes, US
federal withholding tax, and pay such withheld amounts to the Internal Revenue Service, unless such
person provides documentation to such Payor such that an exemption from US federal withholding tax
would apply to such payment if interest on the Senior Notes were treated as income from sources
within the US for US federal income tax purposes. If any deduction or withholding for, or on
account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of:



          (1) any jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax) from or through which payment on the
Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee is made by such Payor, or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax; or



          (2) any other jurisdiction (other than the United States or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax) in which a Payor that actually
makes a payment on the Senior Notes or its Senior Note Guarantee is organized or



A-10









 




otherwise considered to be a resident for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or
governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax,



(each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), will at any time be required from
any payments made with respect to the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee, including payments
of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor will pay (together with such
payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the
net amounts received in respect of such payments by the noteholders or the Trustee, as the case may
be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such
Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts that would have been received in respect of
such payments on the Senior Notes or the Senior Note Guarantees in the absence of such withholding
or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable for or on account
of:




          (1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed or levied but for the existence of any
present or former connection between the relevant noteholder (or between a fiduciary, settlor,
beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant noteholder, if such
noteholder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) and
the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying
on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) but excluding, in each case, any connection arising solely from the
acquisition, ownership or holding of such Senior Note or the receipt of any payment in respect
thereof;



          (2) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed or levied if the holder of the Senior Note
had complied with a reasonable request in writing of the Payor (such request being made at a time
that would enable such holder acting reasonably to comply with that request) to make a declaration
of nonresidence or any other claim or filing or satisfy any certification, information or reporting
requirement for exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, withholding to which it is entitled
(provided that such declaration of nonresidence or other claim, filing or requirement is required
by the applicable law, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold all or a
part of any such Taxes);



          (3) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal
of, premium, if any, or interest under the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee;



          (4) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax,
assessment or other governmental charge;



          (5) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld on a payment pursuant to the
Directive or any law implementing, or introduced in order to conform to, the Directive;



          (6) except in the case of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Payor, any Taxes
imposed in connection with a Senior Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a noteholder or
beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the



A-11









 




relevant Senior Note to, or otherwise accepting payment from, another paying agent in a member
state of the European Union; or




          (7) any combination of the above.



          Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable (x) if the payment could have been made
without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Senior
Note for payment (where presentation is required) within 30 days after the relevant payment was
first made available for payment to the noteholder or (y) where, had the beneficial owner of the
Senior Note been the holder of the Senior Note, such beneficial owner would not have been entitled
to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of any of clauses (1) to (7) inclusive above.



          The Payor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount
deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in
accordance with applicable law. Upon request, the Payor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain
certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from
each relevant taxing authority of each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will
provide such certified copies to the Trustee. If, notwithstanding the efforts of such Payor to
obtain such receipts, the same are not obtainable, such Payor will provide the Trustee with other
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Holder.



          If any Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts under or with respect to any payment
made on the Senior Notes, at least 30 days prior to the date of such payment, the Payor will
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be
payable and the amount so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Paying Agent
to pay Additional Amounts to noteholders on the relevant payment date (unless such obligation to
pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 days prior to the relevant payment date, in which case
the Payor shall deliver such Officers’ Certificate and such other information as promptly as
practicable after the date that is 30 days prior to the payment date, but no less than five (5)
Business Days prior thereto, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of DTC).



          Wherever in the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes or any Senior Note Guarantee there is
mentioned, in any context:



          (1) the payment of principal,



          (2) redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of Senior
Notes,



          (3) interest, or



          (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Senior Notes or any Senior Note
Guarantee,



A-12









 





          such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under
this Section 7 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be
payable in respect thereof.



          The Payor will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes, or any other
excise, property or similar Taxes, charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the
execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of any Senior Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture,
or any other document or instrument in relation thereto (other than a transfer of the Senior Notes)
excluding any such Taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction that is not a
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, and the Payor agrees to indemnify the noteholders and the Trustee for
any such taxes paid by such noteholders. The foregoing obligations will survive any termination,
defeasance or discharge of the Senior Notes Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any
jurisdiction in which any successor to a Payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a
resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or
therein.


8. Sinking Fund




          Except as set forth in Section 3.09 of the Senior Notes Indenture and Section 25 below, the
Issuers are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the Senior Notes.


9. Notice of Redemption




          Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail (or otherwise delivered in accordance
with applicable DTC procedures) upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to
each Holder’s registered address. Senior Notes in denominations larger than $100,000 may be
redeemed in whole but not in part. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal
of Senior Notes that have denominations larger than $100,000. Senior Notes and portions thereof
selected by the Trustee shall be in principal amounts of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,
except that if all of the Senior Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding
amount of Senior Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a multiple of $1,000 shall be redeemed.
If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest and premiums (if
any) on all Senior Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited
with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on
and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Senior Notes (or such portions thereof)
called for redemption.


10. Repurchase of Senior Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and
Asset Sales




          Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right, subject to
certain conditions specified in the Senior Notes Indenture, to require the Issuers to repurchase
all or any part of such Holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase
(subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive



A-13









 




interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms
of, the Senior Notes Indenture.




          In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Senior Notes Indenture, the Issuers shall be required
to offer to purchase Senior Notes upon the occurrence of certain events in connection with certain
Asset Sales.


11. Guarantees




          From and after the Escrow Release Date, each of the Senior Note Guarantors will jointly and
severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee on a senior basis to the extent set forth in
the Senior Notes Indenture (i) the full and punctual payment when due of all obligations of the
Issuers under the Senior Notes Indenture and this Senior Note and (ii) the full and punctual
performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers.


12. [Reserved.]



13. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange




          The Senior Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $100,000
and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or
exchange of Senior Notes in accordance with the Senior Notes Indenture. Upon any transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements or transfer documents, furnish information regarding the account of the
transferee at DTC, where appropriate, furnish certain certificates and opinions, and pay any taxes,
duties and governmental charges in connection with such transfer or exchange. The Registrar need
not register the transfer of or exchange any Senior Notes selected for redemption (except, in the
case of a Senior Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Senior Note not to be redeemed) or
to transfer or exchange any Senior Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Senior
Notes to be redeemed.


14. Persons Deemed Owners




          The registered Holder of this Senior Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.


15. Unclaimed Money




          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee
and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at its written request unless an
abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to
the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying
Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.



A-14









 




16. Discharge and Defeasance




          Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their
obligations under the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture if the Issuers, among other
things, deposit with the Trustee cash in US Dollars, for the payment of principal, premium, if any
and interest on the Senior Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.


17. Amendment; Waiver




          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture, (i) the Senior Notes
Indenture and the Senior Notes may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes (voting as a single class) and (ii) any past
default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set
forth in the Senior Notes Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuers and the Trustee
may amend the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes: (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission,
mistake, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to give effect to any provision of the Senior Notes
Indenture (including the release of any Senior Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of
Section 10.06 of the Senior Notes Indenture); (iii) to comply with Article V of the Senior Notes
Indenture; (iv) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of any
Issuer under the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes, to provide for the assumption by
Midco of the obligations of RGHL under the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Notes or to
provide for the assumption by a Successor Senior Note Guarantor of the obligations of a Senior Note
Guarantor under the Senior Notes Indenture and its Senior Note Guarantee; (v) to provide for
uncertificated Senior Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Senior Notes (provided that
the uncertificated Senior Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the
Code); (vi) to add a Senior Note Guarantee with respect to the Senior Notes or to add collateral
for the benefit of the Senior Notes; (vii) to add to the covenants of BP I, BP II or any Senior
Note Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon BP
I or BP II; (xi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; (xii)
to evidence and give effect to the acceptance and appointment under the Senior Notes Indenture of a
successor Trustee; (xiii) to provide for the accession of the Trustee to any instrument in
connection with the Senior Notes; (xiv) to make certain changes to the Senior Notes Indenture to
provide for the issuance of Additional Senior Notes; or (xv) to comply with any requirement of the
SEC in connection with the qualification of the Senior Notes Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act, if such qualification is required.


18. Defaults and Remedies




          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default related to (x) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an Issuer or (y)
Section 6.01(c) of the Senior Notes Indenture with respect to BP I’s, BP II’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s failure to comply with its obligations under Section 4.13(a) of the Senior Notes
Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount
of outstanding Senior Notes by notice to the Issuers may declare the principal of, premium, if any,
and accrued but unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on all the



A-15









 




Senior Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will
be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to (i) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to BP I, BP II, an Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary that, directly or indirectly, owns or holds any Equity Interest of an Issuer or (ii)
Section 6.01(c) of the Senior Notes Indenture with respect to BP I’s, BP II’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s failure to comply with its obligations under Sections 4.13(a) of the Senior Notes
Indenture occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Senior Notes will
become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee
or any holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes by notice to
the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict
with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except
nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.




          Subject to provisions of the Senior Notes Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in
case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of the rights or powers under the Senior Notes Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with
respect to the Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes unless (i) such Holder has previously
given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (i) Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,
(iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any
loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days
after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes have not given the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes are given the right to direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Senior Notes Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the
Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Senior Notes Indenture, the
Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all
losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.


19. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer




          The Trustee under the Senior Notes Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may
become the owner or pledgee of Senior Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations
owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.



A-16









 




20. No Recourse Against Others




          No (i) director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in
BP I, BP II or any Issuer or any direct or indirect parent corporation or (ii) director, officer,
employee or manager of a Senior Note Guarantor, will have any liability for any obligations of the
Issuers under the Senior Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Senior Notes by accepting
a Senior Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Senior Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the federal securities laws.


21. Authentication




          This Senior Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an
authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Senior Note.


22. Abbreviations




          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM
(=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).


23. Governing Law




          THIS SENIOR NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT,
ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW OF AUGUST 10, 1915 ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE
APPLICABLE IN RESPECT OF THE SENIOR NOTES AND THIS SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT NEW YORK JUDGMENTS ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE IN AUSTRIA.


24. Agreed Tax Treatment




          The Issuers agree, and by acquiring an interest in the Senior Notes each beneficial owner of a
Senior Note agrees, assuming the Escrow Release occurs, to treat for US federal income tax purposes
(i) $725,000,000 in principal amount of the Senior Notes as debt of the Luxembourg Issuer (or the
sole owner of the Luxembourg Issuer) until the Escrow Release Date, and after the Escrow Release
Date, as debt of Reynolds Group Issuer (Luxembourg) S.A. (or the sole owner of Reynolds Group
Issuer (Luxembourg) S.A.) and $775,000,000 in principal amount of the Senior Notes as debt of the
sole owner of the US Issuer I until the Escrow Release Date, and after the Escrow Release Date, as
debt of the sole owner of Reynolds Group Issuer LLC and (ii) interest payments on the portion of
the Senior Notes that is treated as debt of the Luxembourg Issuer (or its sole owner) or Reynolds
Group Issuer (Luxembourg) S.A. (or its sole owner) as non-US source interest and interest payments
on the portion of the Senior Notes that is



A-17









 




treated as debt of the sole owner of US Issuer I or the sole owner of Reynolds Group Issuer
LLC as US source interest; provided, however, that none of the Issuers nor any Senior Note
Guarantor shall change the allocations set forth in clause (i) of this sentence; provided further,
however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, this agreement shall cease to apply if the Issuers
(a) determine, after taking action that is permissible under the Senior Notes Indenture, that the
aforementioned allocation of debt and interest payments is no longer accurate as a result of the
changed circumstances, and (b) promptly notify holders of such determination by sending first-class
mail to each holder’s registered address (or otherwise completing delivery in accordance with
applicable DTC procedures). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Issuer or any other Payor may
withhold from any interest payment made on any Senior Note to or for the benefit of any person who
is not a “United States person,” as such term is defined for US federal income tax purposes, US
federal withholding tax, and pay such withheld amounts to the Internal Revenue Service, unless such
person provides documentation to such Issuer or other Payor such that an exemption from US federal
withholding tax would apply to such payment if interest on such Senior Note were treated as income
from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.



25. Special Mandatory Redemption




          As set forth in Section 3.09 of the Senior Notes Indenture, if (i) the Pactiv Acquisition
Document is terminated or (ii) the Escrow Release Date has not occurred on or prior to (x) March
16, 2011, the termination date of the Pactiv Acquisition Document, or (y) June 16, 2011, if (A)
such termination date has been extended to June 16, 2011 in accordance with the terms of the Pactiv
Acquisition Document and (B) the Escrow Issuers have deposited or caused to be deposited cash
and/or cash equivalents into the Escrow Accounts such that the then total funds deposited in the
Escrow Accounts (without giving effect to any income on such funds) is equal to the aggregate
Escrow Redemption Price assuming the Escrow Redemption Date is June 16, 2011, the Escrow Issuers
shall redeem the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the initial principal amount of the
Senior Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Escrow Redemption Date (the
“Special Redemption Provision”). If the Special Redemption Provision is triggered, the Escrow
Issuers will cause the notice of special mandatory redemption to be delivered to each Holder and
the Senior Notes shall be redeemed pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement. The obligation to
redeem the Senior Notes pursuant to the Special Redemption Provision may not be waived or modified
without the written consent of each Holder. Failure to redeem the Senior Notes when required
pursuant to the Special Redemption Provision will constitute an Event of Default with respect to
the Senior Notes.


26. Holders’ Compliance with Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement.




          Each Holder of a Security, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of
the Senior Notes Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with
respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Issuers to the extent provided therein.



A-18









 




27. CUSIPs; ISINs




          The Issuers have caused CUSIPs and ISINs to be printed on the Senior Notes and have directed
the Trustee to use CUSIPs and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Senior Notes or
as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon.



          The Issuers shall furnish to any Holder of Senior Notes upon written request and without
charge to the Holder a copy of the Senior Notes Indenture which has in it the text of this Senior
Note. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the
Senior Notes Indenture.



A-19









 




The taking of this document or any certified copy of it or any other document which constitutes
substitute documentation for it, or any document which includes written confirmations or references
to it, into Austria as well as printing out any e-mail communication which refers to this document
in Austria or sending any e-mail communication to which a pdf scan of this document is attached to
an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail communication carrying an electronic or digital
signature which refers to this document to an Austrian addressee may cause the imposition of
Austrian stamp duty. Accordingly, keep the original document as well as all certified copies
thereof and written and signed references to it outside of Austria and avoid printing out any
e-mail communication which refers to this document in Austria or sending any e-mail communication
to which a pdf scan of this document is attached to an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail
communication carrying an electronic or digital signature which refers to this document to an
Austrian addressee.



ASSIGNMENT FORM AND CERTIFICATE



To assign this Senior Note, fill in the form below:



I or we assign and transfer this Senior Note to




     (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)



     (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)


and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Senior Note on the books
of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.



Date: ___________________ Your Signature: ___________________



Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Original Senior Note.



The parties shall perform their obligations under or in connection with this assignment exclusively
outside of Austria and the performance of any obligations or liability under or in connection with
this assignment within the Republic of Austria shall not constitute discharge or performance of
such obligation or liability. It is expressly agreed between the parties hereto that any such
performance within the Republic of Austria will not establish Austria as the place of performance
and shall be deemed not effective with respect to any party hereto. Furthermore, the parties agree
that the fulfillment of any contractual obligation under this assignment within the Republic of
Austria does not result in a discharge of debt.



In connection with any transfer of any of the Senior Notes evidenced by this form and certificate
the undersigned confirms that such Senior Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms
(including in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and
other jurisdictions):







A-20









 







CHECK ONE BOX BELOW



o (1) in the United States to a person whom the undersigned reasonably believes is a
Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) (“QIB”) that
purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that such
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with
Rule 144A;



o (2) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or 904
under the Securities Act to a person who is not a US person (as defined in Regulation S under the
Securities Act);



o (3) to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or



o (4) to the Issuers.



Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar shall refuse to register any of the Senior Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof;
provided, however, that if box (2) is checked, the Registrar shall be entitled to require, prior to
registering any such transfer of the Senior Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other
information as the Registrar and, if applicable, the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm
that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to,
the registration requirements of the Securities Act.




	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	Signature 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	
 	 
	 	Signature 	 
	 	 	 
	 



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) ABOVE IS CHECKED.





          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Senior Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and
any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the US
Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers, BP I and the Senior Note
Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request
such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s
foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.



A-21









 




Dated:__________________________      ______________________



Notice: To be executed by an executive officer







A-22









 








[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]




SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SENIOR SECURITY



          The initial principal amount of this Global Senior Security is $_____________. The following
increases or decreases in this Global Senior Security have been made:



	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal amount of	 	Signature of
	 	 	 	 	Amount of decrease	 	Amount of increase	 	this Global Senior	 	authorized
	 	 	 	 	in Principal Amount	 	in Principal Amount	 	Security following	 	signatory of
	 	 	 	 	of this Global	 	of this Global	 	such decrease or	 	Trustee or Common
	Date of Exchange	 	Senior Security	 	Senior Security	 	increase	 	Depositary





A-23









 






OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE




          If you want to elect to have this Senior Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section
4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Senior Notes Indenture, check the box:



	 	 	 

	Asset Sale o

	 	Change of Control o






          If you want to elect to have only part of this Senior Note purchased by the Issuers
pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Senior Notes Indenture,
state the amount ($100,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):


$




	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	Date:

	 	 	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Senior Note)






A-24









 






EXHIBIT B




[FORM OF ASSUMPTION SENIOR NOTES SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]



The taking of this document or any certified copy of it or any other document which constitutes
substitute documentation for it, or any document which includes written confirmations or references
to it, into Austria as well as printing out any e-mail communication which refers to this document
in Austria or sending any e-mail communication to which a pdf scan of this document is attached to
an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail communication carrying an electronic or digital
signature which refers to this document to an Austrian addressee may cause the imposition of
Austrian stamp duty. Accordingly, keep the original document as well as all certified copies
thereof and written and signed references to it outside of Austria and avoid printing out any
e-mail communication which refers to this document in Austria or sending any e-mail communication
to which a pdf scan of this document is attached to an Austrian addressee or sending any e-mail
communication carrying an electronic or digital signature which refers to this document to an
Austrian addressee.





     FIRST SENIOR NOTES SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Senior Notes
Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [•], 2010 among RGHL US ESCROW I LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the “US LLC Escrow Issuer”), RGHL US
ESCROW I INC., a Delaware Corporation (the “US Corporate Escrow Issuer” and,
together with the US LLC Escrow Issuer, the “US Escrow Issuers”), RGHL
ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A., a company incorporated as a société
anonyme (a public limited liability company) under the laws of Luxembourg
(the “Lux Escrow Issuer” and, together with the US Escrow Issuers, the
“Escrow Issuers”), REYNOLDS GROUP ISSUER LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the “US Issuer I”), REYNOLDS GROUP ISSUER INC., a Delaware
corporation (the “US Issuer II”), REYNOLDS GROUP ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) S.A., a
société anonyme (limited liability company) organized under the laws of
Luxembourg (the “Luxembourg Issuer” and, together with the US Issuer I and
the US Issuer II, the “Ultimate Issuers”), the affiliates of the Ultimate
Issuers party hereto (the “Senior Note Guarantors”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK
MELLON, as trustee, principal paying agent, transfer agent, registrar and
collateral agent under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).



W I T N E S S E T H :




          WHEREAS the Escrow Issuers have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture
(the “Senior Notes Indenture”) dated as of October 15, 2010, in respect of the issuance of an
aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000,000 of 9.000% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Senior Notes”);



B-1









 





          WHEREAS the gross proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes and other funds were deposited
by the Initial Purchasers and the Escrow Issuers into the Escrow Accounts at the closing of the
offering of the Senior Notes;



          WHEREAS immediately after the execution of this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture, the
proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes will be released from the Escrow Account pursuant to
Section 4(a) of the Escrow Agreement (the “Escrow Release”);



          WHEREAS pursuant to Section 4.24 of the Senior Notes Indenture, as conditions to the Escrow
Release, (i) the Ultimate Issuers are required to execute and deliver this Senior Notes
Supplemental Indenture and to assume all of the obligations of the Escrow Issuers under the Senior
Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture and to succeed the Escrow Issuers as the “Issuers” under the
Senior Notes Indenture and cause the Escrow Issuers to be released from all obligations under the
Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture and (ii) the Senior Note Guarantors are required to
execute and deliver this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture to jointly and severally with all
other Senior Note Guarantors, unconditionally guarantee the obligations of the Issuers under the
Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
Article X of the Senior Notes Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the
Senior Notes Indenture;



          WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Senior Notes Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to
execute and deliver this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture;



          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Escrow Issuers, the
Ultimate Issuers and the Senior Note Guarantors mutually covenant and agree for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Senior Notes as follows:



          1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Senior Notes Indenture.



          2. Agreement to Assume; Release. The Ultimate Issuers hereby assume all of the
obligations of the Escrow Issuers under the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture and
hereafter shall be deemed the “Issuers” for all purposes under the Senior Notes and the Senior
Notes Indenture. The Escrow Issuers are hereby released from all obligations under the Senior
Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture.



          3. Agreement to Guarantee. The Senior Note Guarantors hereby agree jointly and
severally with all other Senior Note Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the obligations under
the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in Article X of the Senior Notes Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions
of the Senior Notes Indenture.



          4. Ratification of Senior Notes Indenture; Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture Part of
Senior Notes Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Senior Notes Indenture is in
all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall
remain in full force and effect. Following the date hereof, all of the covenants set forth in
Article IV of the Senior Notes Indenture shall be deemed to have been applicable to the Ultimate



B-2









 




Issuers, the Senior Note Guarantors, BP II and the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries
beginning as of the Issue Date as if the Ultimate Issuers, the Senior Note Guarantors and the
applicable Restricted Subsidiaries had been parties thereto on such date, and any action or
inaction taken by the Ultimate Issuers, the Senior Note Guarantors, BP II or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and prior to the date hereof prohibited by the Senior
Notes Indenture, shall be deemed a Default by the Ultimate Issuers, the Senior Note Guarantors or
the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, under the Senior Notes Indenture as of the
date hereof. This Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Senior Notes
Indenture for all purposes, and every noteholder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and
delivered shall be bound hereby.




          5. Governing Law. THIS SENIOR NOTES SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.



          6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture.



          7. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Senior
Notes Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement.



          8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and
shall not effect the construction thereof.



          9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Senior Notes Supplemental
Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Ultimate
Issuers, BP I, BP II, RGHL or any of their Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement
may not be used to interpret this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture.



          10. No Recourse Against Others. No (i) director, officer, employee, manager,
incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in BP I, BP II or any Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent corporation or (ii) director, officer, employee or manager of a Senior Note
Guarantor, will have any liability for any obligations of the Ultimate Issuers under the Senior
Notes, this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Senior Notes by accepting a Senior
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Senior Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the
federal securities laws.



          11. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements of the Ultimate Issuers and
the Guarantors in this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture and the Senior Notes shall bind their
respective successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Senior Notes Supplemental
Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns.



          12. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Senior
Notes Supplemental Indenture or the Senior Notes shall for any reason be held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability



B-3









 




shall not affect any other provisions of this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture or the
Senior Notes.




          13. Notices. Any order, consent, notice or communication shall be sufficiently given
if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows:



     If to any of the Ultimate Issuers or any Guarantor:




	 	 	 	[Insert Address]





          14. Amendments and Modification. This Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture may be
amended, modified, or supplemented only as permitted by the Senior Notes Indenture and by written
agreement of each of the parties hereto.



          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Senior Notes Supplemental Indenture to
be duly executed as of the date first above written.



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL US ESCROW I LLC,

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL US ESCROW I INC.,

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	RGHL ESCROW ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) I S.A.,

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	REYNOLDS GROUP ISSUER LLC,

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



B-4









 







	 	 	 	 	 
	 	REYNOLDS GROUP ISSUER INC.

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	REYNOLDS GROUP ISSUER (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[SENIOR NOTE GUARANTORS]

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee,

Principal Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and
Registrar

 	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON BRANCH, Paying Agent 	 
	 
	 	by  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 




B-5